Home

Draytek Vigor2820n

1. Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V3 3 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide ii Dray Tek Vigor2820 Series ADSL2 2 Security Firewall User s Guide Version 3 3 Firmware Version V3 3 5 2 Date 22 04 2011 Dray Te k iii Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2011 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp e Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or
2. Port Profile Reg In Out Phone Ko 00 Link Status Connected ISODN1 S50 Mo 00 MAC Address OO SO F 42 De2 ISDN2 TE Ko 0 0 Connection Static IP IP Address 172 16 3 102 Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 Primary DNS 172 16 3 18 Secondary DNS 172 16 3 16 Wireless LAN MAC Address OO 50 7F 7 42 D0 Frequency Domain Europe Firmware version 1 8 1 0 SSID DrayTek Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build ADSL Firmware Version Display the ADSL firmware version Dray Tek 233 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide LAN MAC Address 1 IP Address 1 Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface Display the IP address of the LAN interface Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Display current connection status Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Display the connection type Display the IP address of the WAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Display the MAC address of the wir
3. Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LAN1 ie LAN3 _ LAN2 The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below Dray Tek 219 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 m tiCdsidso ce i Mw wm OU gg SO me ae ee ee eee eee Oe ss seeeesees The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Host with Host with l Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 220 Dray Te k Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Mode Security Disable WEP Pre sha
4. Accept Subject Name Country C State 6T SSS Location L GOrginization Unit OU Po Common Name CN Email E O Profile Name Type in a name in this file Accept Any Peer ID Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Accept Subject Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept the Alternative Name peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Accept Subject Name Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E Dray Te K 151 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 9 5 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via ISDN or build the VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type ISDN Dial In connection VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summ
5. ISDN2 TE ISDN4 SU rm Le e wka File If you choose ISDN2 S0 please refer to Detailed Settings for Phonel Phone2 ISDN1 S0 for the configuration However if you choose ISDN TE and click the number link for that port you will see the following page VoIP gt gt Phone Settings ISDN2 TE Call Feature Default SIP Account L Hotline Seles L Play dial tone only when account registered C Session Timer C T 38 Fax Function mete FXO feature C Enable VoIP to ISDN Off Net Calls Error Correction Mode REDUNDANCY Enable ISDN to VoIP On Net Calls Call Forwarding Loop Through to Phone Port SIP URL Po Only a a i mapping ring port is not set then this will take effect C DNOfDo Not Disturb Mode Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup Loop Through to SDN1 SO Port ILI ILI Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will J be ignored Indexf 1 603 in Phone Book as Exception List PE EE C CLIR hide caller IC Hotline Session Timer T 38 Fax Function Call Forwarding Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically Check the box to enable it Error Correction Mode It is used to correc
6. Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Dray Tek 105 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Hame Interface Address Type Mac Address Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Name Interface Address Type MAC Address Start IP Address Vigor2820 Series User s Guide RD Department Any W Range Address 60 foo oo 0 6 192 160 1 64 192 160 1075 It Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface Interface For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address Range Address Any Address single Address Range Address Subnet Address Mac Address Typ
7. 3 15 11 Activation There are three ways to activate WCE on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF refer to 3 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile it is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer Click System Maintenance gt gt Activation to open the following page for accessing http myvigor draytek com system Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface WAN 1 w Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message WebFilter Service not activate 2000 01 01 00 00 17 Mote If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Activate via Interface Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating Web Content Filter Activate via interface auto selected WAN 2 Activate The Activate link brings you accessing into www vigorpro com to finish the activation of the account and the router Authentication Message As for authentication information of web filter the process of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your reference Dray Te k 247 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Below shows the successful activation of Web Content Filter System Maintenance gt gt Activation A
8. 54 Dray Tek E http f 197 168 1 1 WAN IF Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer aa WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAR IP Join NAT IP Pool W Y Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Address Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field Dray Te k 55 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide PPTP L2TP for WAN2 To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the Internet select PPTP L2TP mode The following web page will appear WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP Enable PPTP Enable L2TP Disable Server Address Specify Gat
9. Dray Tek 3 14 US 3 14 1 Dray Tek B Application USB disk can be regarded as an FTP server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN can access write and read data stored in USB disk After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt USB User Management on the FTP client software Thus the client can use the FTP site USB disk through Vigor router USB Apphcation USB General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection and default charset for FTP server At present the Vigor router can support USB disk with versions of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB disk into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB disk is FAT16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 Maximum 6 Default Charset Default v Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood OQ Enable Disable Access Mode LAN Only LAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Note 1 If Charset is set to default only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as Filezilla
10. E a msi PHa A EBRT ADEG MSRM C19 a Hotmail Qh Messenger Q 6 MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task eescegsvesescensceseesevescensenssacenesencesvanevasvensncesasescensvonscaguossseensesevecssassseuseossasesacsonsenossceasessunssescssenesessonsyasuecseasescunssesuenseoenecesseneeesey O Request a certificate Check on a pending certificate Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 284 Dray Tek J 4 Dray Tek In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file i Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer eles BRO REQ RAO AREA IAM RAW ar Q OX AO pr kam AQ O 2 ha a HED S http 172 16 2 179lcertsrvicertcare asp _ MBrz a msn vy PRS J BERT ANEA K HAHRRS G19 a Hotmail Qh Messenger A RAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification auth
11. This page allows you to set new password system Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 238 Dr ay Te k 3 15 5 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below system Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file RE Click Restore to upload the file Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would vou like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself My Recent Documents 2 My Documents 8 My Compu
12. ATM QoS Such configuration is applied to upstream packets Such information will be provided by ISP Please contact with your ISP for detailed information WAN gt gt Multi PVCs MMulti P Cs General ATK QoS Port based Bridge Channel QoS Type PCR SCR HBS Note 1 5et 0 means default value 2 PCRimax ADSL Up Speed 53765 QoS Type Select a proper QoS type for the channel according to the information that your ISP provides Oos Type PCR It represents Peak Cell Rate The default setting is 0 SCR It represents Sustainable Cell Rate The value of SCR must be smaller than PCR MBS It represents Maximum Burst Size The range of the value is 10 to 50 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 62 Dray Te k Port based Bridge General page lets you set the first PVC As to set the second PVC line please click the Port based Bridge tab to open Bridge configuration page WAN gt gt Multi PVCs Rlulti P Cs General Channel ile 2 oF T a ATH Qos Port based Bridge Enable k K Df fk d Pi P2 P3 P4 Service Type Add Tag a ld d b fk SU Mote 1 Channel 1 to 2 are reserved for Nat Route use P1 is reserved for Nat Route use Enable P1 to P4 Service Type Add Tag Check this box to enable that channel Only channel 3 to 8 can be set in this page for channel to 2 are reserved for NAT using It means the LAN port to 4 Check the box to designate the LAN port for cha
13. Any ery La TSON2 TE F wi ok Cancel David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John Or He picks up the phone and dials 1234 John s Account Name 276 Dray Tek 4 5 2 Peer to Peer Calling Example 3 Arnor and Paulin have Vigor routers respectively they can call each other without SIP Registrar First they must have each other s IP address and assign an Account Name for the port used for calling Arnor s SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 Settings for Arnor DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name paulin SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Paulin Register via None SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm blank Proxy blank Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name Arnor Account Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password blank Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for Paulin DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name Arnor SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Arnor Register via None SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm blank Proxy blank Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name Paulin Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password blank Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTMEF Use default value Dray Tek Paulin s SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24
14. Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page Dray Te k 131 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide WAN Inbound It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN Bandwidth For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps WAN Outbound It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for Bandwidth WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Reserved Bandwidth It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of Ratio reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Enable UDP Bandwidth Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right Control field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth Outbound TCP ACK The difference in bandwidth between download and upload are Prioritize great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the upload
15. Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not The IP address of the SMTP server Assign a mail address for sending mails out Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application Type the user name for authentication Type the password for authentication 241 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Enable E mail Alert Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here DoS Attack IM P2p Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu About Router Tools ER Firmware Uperade Utility Syslog i gt Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site rr Fouter Tool 35 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router fit DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Controls 192 168 1 1 w lt WAN Status Ga
16. Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from DrayTek dealer Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows please click Next Service Activation Wizard Please confirm your settings Sevice Type Trial version Sevice Activated Web Content Filter CT CF 3 Please click Back to re select service type you to activate 31 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 5 Wait fora moment till the following page appears Service Activation Wizard Connection Succeeded Please check the following item s to enable services on your router Enable Web Content Filter When such page appears you can enable or disable these services for your necessity Then click Finish Note The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup 6 Now the web page will display the service that you have activated according to your selection s The valid time for the free trial of these services is one month Service Activation Wizard Server Enabled DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 2011 02 14 2011 03 17 Commtouch Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your
17. Opie Cpict O png tif O tiff Video Select Al Cast O avi O movy Ompe O mpeg O mpg C1 mp4 Clear All Lat Lr Ll wmy L 3gp LJ 3gpp L 3gpp2 3g2 Audio Select All L aac L aiff El au C mp3 LJ m4a L m4p LJ ogg Clear All Ura L ram I wox Llway wma Java Select All Liclass Ojad OU jar Oja Oljava Ojem Ol js Clear All Ljse Oise jtk Actives Select All Lals O app Oaas Clock O ob O oe Oth Cleanall LI wiv Cl wrm Compression Select All Ll ace LI arj Cl bzip2 b22 L cab LI gz Cl gzip Clear All LI rar LJ sit LJ zip Executation Select All L bas L bat com J exe C inf C pif C reg Clear All User Dray Tek Clear Cancel 113 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile 3 6 CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management APP Enforcement Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situati
18. Please confirm your settings WAN Interface Physical Mode Physical Type PI CI Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP Primary DNS Secondary ONS WAT 1 ADSL Auto negotiation 0 33 1483 Route YCMUx Mo 168 95 1 1 165 95 1 10 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Dray Tek Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 29 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 2 3 Service Activation Wizard Service Activation Wizard can guide you to set WCF Web Content Feature feature with a quick way Note There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com For using Web Content Filter Profile please refer to section 3 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile for detailed information Now please follow the steps listed below to activate WCF feature for your router 1 Open Service Activation Wizard C See Ce eee gt 2 The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows Choose the one you need and click Next In this case we choose to activate free trail edition Service Activation Wizard Select the ser
19. Point to Point O i Point to Multipoint r o i ISDN2 Point to Point Point to Multipoint so Own Number 5972r 26 Own Number means that the router will tell the remote end the ISON number when it s placing an outgoing call Phone CLIR CLIP a BIA Er Phone LJISDN1 S0 Oo i 527 AF 2D C Phone FJ ISON1 50 2 ener O Phone F 1S0N1 50 3 53r 2r 20 O Phone F 1S0N1 50 Index MSN numbers for the router Mapping to Phone Ports HNN H u N When remote user calls you by dialing 5972727 the router will make Phone port ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972728 the router will make ISDN phone under ISDN1 SO port and configured with internal MSN number 32 ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972729 the router will make ISDN phones under ISDN1 S0 port and configured with internal MSN number 5972729 ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972720 the router will make all of ISDN phones under ISDN1 S0 port ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972722 the router will make no phone ringing for the number is not specified in such page If you use Phone to dial an outgoing call remote user will see the telephone number 5972726 because CLIP is not checked If you use ISDN1 SO with MSN 32 to dial an outgoing call remote user will see Withheld Number from the telephone display panel because Phone CLIR is checked If you use ISDN1 SO with MSN 5972729 to dial an outgoing ca
20. different purpose Link Disable disables the ISDN dial out function Dialup 64Kbps allows you to use one ISDN B channel for Internet access Dialup 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD for detailed information of configuration please refer to section 3 12 4 stands for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup For more detailed BOD parameter settings please refer to the section of Call Control PPP Authentication PAP only allows you to configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to negotiate the username and password with the ISP PAP or CHAP is to configure the PPP session to use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the username and password with the ISP Idle Timeout Idle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP 203 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide will always remain on IP Address Assignment Method IPCP In most environments you should not change these settings as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Select Dialing to Dua
21. z D z Z hh Dray Tek 3 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The inherent security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WARN 1 Private IP Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host lao foo foo oa J oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on WAN 2 Enable Private IP If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE PPPoA or MPoA mode you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection Dray Tek 81 Vigor2820 Series User s Gui
22. 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Force Update Auto Update interval 14400 Mings 1 14400 Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active i wWAMI First w 2 WAMI First B ae WAKL First w Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable DDNS function Setup Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 138 Dray Te k Dray Tek Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active View Log Force Update Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s Display the WAN interface used Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Display if this account is active or inactive Display DDNS log status Force the router updates its information to DDNS server Select Index number to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name
23. Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Data Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Filter Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules Session Control The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 15000 which means the maximum session for this model is 15000 Quality of Service Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later APP Enforcement Select one of the APP Enforcement Profile settings created in CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for APP Enforcement Dray Te k 91 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Profile by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section System Maintenance gt gt Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter Profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you c
24. Cancel Oo Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Choose the WAN interface WAN1 or WAN2 for binding Auto failover to other WAN Check this button to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface is failover Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP 65 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP addr
25. Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN 1 Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control Index LIT Class 1 FOTH Class 3 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 NO Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint 1 Empty 4 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Service Type Dray Te k 269 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 25 Class 25 Class 3 25 lag Others C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 6 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 5 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 7 Mame HTTPS Wo Status Local Address Remote Address ay Service Type CodePoint 10 Active Any Any ANY ANY 6 Click Setup link for WAN
26. Confirm Password Home Folder P 4ccess Rule File VlRead Write IC Delete Directory List create L Remove Mote The folder name can only contain the following characters A z a zO0 9 _ f4 and space Click OK to save the configuration 4 Make sure the FTP service is running properly Please open a browser and type ftp 192 168 1 1 Use the account user1 to login Log On As i Either the server does not allow anonyrnoous logins or the e mail address was not accepted FTF server 192 168 1 1 User name Password After vou log on you can add this server to vaur Favorites and return to it easily FTF does not encrypt or encode passwords or data before sending them to the server To protect the security of your passwords and data use Web Folders CW eboay instead Learn more about using Web Folders Log on anonymously Save password Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 298 Dr ay Te k 5 When the following screen appears it means the FTP service is running properly File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back i i P Search I Folders is Other Places f j FinaldataEn opkg install tempstorage iTunesSetu wlc 1 1 5 wi E Internet Explorer 4 My Documents a 3 Shared Documents HEE Hez MEZ 115 bmp 12 Always Air supply lost Crystal t My Network Places Open mp iInlove mp3 Flower mps 6 Return to USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status The
27. Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation avi D CERTIFIED http www draytek com user AboutRegulatory ph
28. GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request NIIBnTCCAQYC AQAWETELMNARGALUEBHNCVF cxC za BGNVBAgTAkKhTHRAwDgYDVOOK EwdEcmF 5dGVr NOs wCOYDVOOLEWISRDEINCAGCS qGS Ibs DOEJARYTc3 ucG9ydEBk cmF SAGV VrLyaNvhTCBnzanbBokqhkiGoOwOBAQEF AAOBOAWGYKCGYEAYZELVTVBytix OTSZSZQdw1lReltyvlHnVim MFCOy9x XEwNKG46jdGY1LSavJ TduHH90z40NUx026G mASVORt j 7HbNOdYn88p1ixRrOF gk8nkbMLda qh10o0c 1s YN smGb4N Pbho4VMO1VO aKiyaPfp 202 0WsCddxh Hz23 Ys8m60CAwE AAAAANAOGCS GS Ib3 DOEBBOUAASGB AGNBSO 1V 44sqgkiwillnXkXHJvdaF LDOdweOo1ZLixRn 0Vdhed JvalSCgiqzJocKaDo nacBqEc lWOchKzESOdyDcsmt If7k 10455euY7nxswxkvPI0On3 LUMIGNZvoOsvrTYu sOvJIGBHHwKSkUblLRAZLSxvH DoNxlb6czTlybedZssrdw 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task ORetrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Dray Tek 281 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Select Advanced req
29. If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below Dial To PH Session Name office VPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 168 1 1 User Mame Password Type of YPM CO PPTP CyL2Te OL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption imum strength encreyotian C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router IPSec Policy Seting My IP 172 16 3 100 Type of IPSec O Standard IPSec Tunnel Remote Subnet l Remote Subnet Mask tras Virture IP DrayTek virture Interface Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec C Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask Security Method Mediumi AH DES Authority Method Pre shared Key ee Certification Guthority Cancel If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN
30. Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type Group and Objects i Protocol Source Port Destination Port Service Group or Service Object or Service Object or Service Object To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type z Dray Tek Fragments Filter Branch to other Filter Set Session Control MAC Bind IP Dray Tek User defined User defi re d m Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented pack
31. Oo i i E kA S far som games a CS Mave Sp MOY Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filler Set 1 Rube 1 l E Chock to enable the Filter Rule Comments Block Mabbice Tndesa 1 15 m Seheadule Fetua Oirietteari LAH gt iA s powes P Any Destiniatian pe Ary Service Type Fragments Doni Care Application Action Profili Filter Block Immediately Branch to Other Fitter Sot Seccinns Control of Mac Bind IP Ouvalily of Service Load Balance pakiy SPP Enforcenent UEL Comber Filar Web Content Filter eon Advance Setting 101 TORMUOP Port fron 137 129 bo undefined Sotte Factony Detail bak Loammndnts L i BA mu ii ids Ede ede Syshoy f Cancel Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup O Enable SYN flood defense Threshold so packets sec Timeout fio sec C Enable UDP flood defense Threshold isa packets sec Timeout io sec C Enable ICMP flood defense Threshold so packets sec Timeout fio sec C Enable Port Scan detection Threshold Em packets sec C Block IP options CO Block TCP flag scan C Block Land Cl Block
32. The port is disconnected 21314 The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 100Mbps Green The port is disconnected with LOMbps Left LED The port is connected WAN 2 Green The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps Green Off The port is disconnected with 1OMbps Fig ent Interface Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS Factory Reset Phone SO ISDN Phone SO Phone Line LAN 1 4 DSL WAN 2 USB PWR ON OFF Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 1 Giga 2 3 4 ALAN OSL WAN2 USB Factory Phone 50 Phone Line ON PWR rm E Description Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button for 2 seconds to wait for client device making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Connecter for ISDN phone s only via ISDN phone adapter Do not connect any other device to such port or connect ISDN line otherwise the router might be damaged Connecter for ISDN line or ISDN phone adapter in particular condition Refer to section 2 2 for more details Connecter for PSTN phone Connector f
33. VPN and Remote Access Primary DNS 172 16 3 18 Default Gateway Certificate Management Secondary DNS 172 16 2 16 Primary DNS 172 16 3 18 VolP Secondary DNS 172 16 2 16 Wireless LAN YoIP USB Application Port Profile Reg In Out System Maintenance Phonel Link Status Connected Diagnostics Phone2 MAC Address 00 SO 7F 68 F7 DA Connection Static IP IP Address 172 16 3 102 Product Registration Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 Primary DNS 172 16 3 18 Secondary DNS 172 16 2 16 System Status Wireless LAN MAC Address 00 50 7F 68 F7 D8 Note The home page will change slightly in accordance with the router you have 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password 5 Enter the login password the default is blank on the field of Old Password Type New Password and Confirm Password Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Username Password Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 24 Dr ay Te k 2 2 Quick Start Wizard If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please
34. VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Phone Dook Index Mar 1 rabla TP LRI 4 203 ES Daal Gut mun tell Loop through J wr Dackup Phone Mumbar Sccure Phone IRTP SRTF i Tirar Cancel VolF gt SIF Accounts AIP Account Inden Mo 1 Profile Hamo Paulin 10 char ma Regate wa None O Call without Registration SIP Port mil Fil Domai feat 60 char mas Proxy 629 char man cL aa Ube d Display Mama iii h unt Hunker 1 63 char m Te IL 62 char m F ard s 60 char m E y Timi wur w HAT Traw Supi mai Prior ang EDHI 50 Any OTOH TE bri 1 L o Comet Arnor calls Paulin He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for Arnor Phone Book ind x Ha i Enable VolP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Amor Ow Cancel Paulin calls Arnor He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John 277 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 4 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The file RTSxxx exe will be asked to copy onto your computer Remember the place of storing the execution file 1 Go to www draytek com 2 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Firmware menu and click it Search the model you have and click on it to download the newly update firmware for your router About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Supp
35. and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTerBroadcom 4402 10 1700 Ir This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks im File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks os Packet Scheduler pg Internet Protocol TEFAF Install Uninstall Properties Description Transmission Control Protocol lnternet Protocol The default Wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectryity Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 302 Dr ay Te k 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address For MacOs 1 Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the d
36. kbps RX rate kbps Sessions Action Current Peak Speed Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Petresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device Display the transmission speed of the monitored device Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes qe 1 v Refresh sj w Sessions Action 7 Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column ge Refresh Sessions Action blocked 298 Unblock Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WAN interface Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Speed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General Setup If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead 254 Dray Tek 3 16 8 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WAN 1 Bandwidth W AN2 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart v Refresh Min s Refresh WAN Bandwidth Sessions WANI total Tx 0 Bytes R 0 B
37. s Guide 18 Dr ay Te k 6 Inthe following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard ICP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct 8 Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel Dray Tek 19 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto yo
38. 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 lt ADSL Status ae Host Vigor Message WANZ PPPoE lt Protocol LCPicl21 ConfReg Identifier 0x03 ACCOM Ox0 Authe 2G Modem status al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 03 00 WAN2 PPPoE gt Protocol LCP c021 ConfRegq Identifier 0x00 MRU 1500 ACC WAN2 PPPoE lt 1 T 1 PADS ID 0 2G Modem respons CONNECT 2600000 3G Modem status al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 2G Modem status al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 2G Modem dial ATDT 998 WAN2 PPPoE gt 1 T 1 PADR IDO WAN2 PPPoE 1 T 1 PADO ID 0 2G Modem respons OF 3G Modem initialize AT amp FEOV1X1 amp D2400C 150 0 WAN PPPoE gt 1 T 1 PADIID 0 Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor2820 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3
39. 199 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 12 2 General Settings This web page allows you to enable ISDN function ISDN gt gt General Setup ISDN Setup ISDN Fort Enable Disable Blocked MSN numbers for the router Country Code International v fo D Channel Mode ISDM1 Point to Point O i Point to Multipoint aooo ISDN2 Point to Point Point to Multipoint s y Own Number means that the router will tell the remote end the ISON number when it s placing an outgoing call Index MSN numbers for the router Mapping to Phone Ports o 2 2 E Phone CLIR CLIP C Phone O I50N1 50 o o C Phone Q 150N1 50 O Phone O 15011 50 C Phone O 150N1 50 C Phone Q 150N1 50 C Phone O 150N1 50 C Phone O IS0N1 50 C Phone Q 150N1 50 O Phone O 150N1 50 C Phone O 150N1 50 o o m E NNN N m E SG MSN Numbers means that the router is able to accept number matched incoming calls In addition MSN service should be supported by the local ISDN network provider ISDN Port Country Code D Channel Mode Own Number Blocked MSN Numbers for the router MSN Numbers for the Router Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Click Enable to open the ISDN port and Disable to close it For proper operation on your local ISDN network you should choose the correct country code It allows you to configure ISDN layer2 protocol as Point to Point Configure ISDN port to use static TEI Terminal Endpoint Identifier
40. 82 13 77 172 16 3 181 00 50 7F 14 56 CF 172 16 2 238 00 50 7F C0 29 1D 172 16 2 62 O0 S50 7F 28 6E 21 172 16 3 201 00 50 7F 1C 49 E5 220 130 52 220 00 50 7F C1 06 4D 172 16 3 115 00 14 92 92 E8 1D 172 16 22 114 oO0 S50 7F co 25 BD 172 16 3 134 O0 50 7F 33 31 E3 172 16 2 229 00 50 7F F0 00 5E Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the whole table Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 250 Dr ay Te k 3 16 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in Dray Tek diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table DHCP server Running Index IP Address Hac Address Leased Time 1 192 166 1 10 EOQ CB 4E Dia 46 79 O0 00 07 760 OeFehb251 Retresh Port HOST ID Unknown carrie Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC Port It displays the port number used by the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page 251 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 16 5 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics a
41. AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minute s 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 Remote Network IP 192 166 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 lore Dray Tek RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have ta do Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Clear Cancel 263 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 4 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router 210 135 240 208 MCN Remote Network 192 168 1 0 Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VP
42. Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP VPM Service Enable IPSec VPN Service Enable LTF YPN Service Enable ISON Dial In Note If you intend running a YPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings The Vigor router will not accept the ISDN dial in connection if the box of Enable ISDN Dial in is not checked Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Dray Tek au 3 9 2 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP When DHCP Disable set Authentication Assigned IP range PAP or CHAP Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Optional MPPE Dial In PPP Select this option to force the router to authenticate dial in users Authentication PAP with the PAP protocol Only PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Dial In PPP Encryption This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will be MPPE Optional MPPE optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in
43. BY 45 00 00 02 04 05 E4 01 01 04 02 BE YC 80 CO OF 48 80 586 30 09 80 19 84 68 OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Decoded Format 192 168 1 10 2212 gt 66 54 259 20 16065 Pr tcp HLen 20 TLen 48 S Seg 8577739265 Ack O Win 65535 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Tek 249 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 16 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey connected 5 static R RIP default private 0 0 0 07 0 0 0 0 wia 172 16 3 4 WANA Cer 192 166 1 0 255 255 255 0 18 directly connected LAN Z 172 16 0 07 255 255 0 0 ia directly connected TANA Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 16 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh IP address Mac Address 192 168 1 10 OO OF A6 24 D5 ai 172 16 2 240 o0 05 5b 04 p2 co 172 16 2 194 00 50 7F 33 31 E9 172 16 3 237 o0 Oc 6E Do ca 63 172 16 35 222 00 50 7F 14 59 11 172 16 2 209 00 07 40
44. Choose Always On to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 being activated always or choose Active on demand to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 activated if it is necessary Active Mode Active on demand Always On Active on demand If you choose Active on demand the Idle Timeout will be available for you to set for PPPoE and PPTP access modes in the Details Page of WAN gt gt Internet Access In addition there are three selections for you to choose for different purposes WAN2 Fail It means the connection for WAN1 will be activated when WAN2 is failed WAN2 Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN2 Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN I Fail It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN1 is failed WANI Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN1 Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WANI Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds 42 Dray Tek 3 1 4 Dray Tek Internet Access For the router supports dual WAN function the
45. Corp D Documents and Settings fae gt ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ms Average Gms D Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For Mac OS Terminal 1 2 3 4 Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear 9099 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 82 24 18 on ttypl Welcome to Darwin Wigorla draytek ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 dota bytes 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 6 ttl 255 timesb 755 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 1 ttl 255 times8 697 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 2 tt1 2
46. Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Mean maximum transmission unit of one packet The default value is 1442 Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog
47. Dial In Type PIN Code fo F ISON Secret PPTR IPSec Tunnel l l IKE Authentication Method L2TP with IPSec Policy a e Pre Shared Key Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number O E F Digital Signatures 509 or Peer 1D OOo Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block IPSec Security Method Multicast via YPN OPass Block Mediumi AH for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc Hight ESF DES SDES AES ign Stati Local ID optional C Assign Static IP Address Cop User account and Enable this account Check the box to enable this function Authentication Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allowed Dial In Type ISDN Allow the remote ISDN dial in connection You can further set up Callback function below You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below This feature is for s model only PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN conn
48. Displays the total number of received packets at the ISDN interface 36 Dray Tek RX Rate Displays the speed of received octets at the ISDN interface Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface AOC Displays the charge information of the interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface WAN1I WAN2 is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface WAN1 WAN72 is not ready for accessing Internet 2 5 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button Dray Te k 37 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 38 Dray Tek 3 Advanced Web Configuration After finished basic configuration of the router you can access Internet with ease For the people who want to adjust more setting for suiting his her request please refer to this chapter for getting detailed information about the advanced configuration of this router As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 4 3 1 WAN Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WA
49. Domain Realm draytel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Vigor2820 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPian Setup Phone Book i Enable hore Number 111 splay Name Daw IP URL 4321 1 Out Cefa thro fone ckup P ure Pt R RIP i VoIP gt SIP Accounta BIP Account inden No 1 Protea Herve draylal 1 11 char max Suia I I aE I draytal 53 char Y drah I 63 cha Ol act as bound prony play Marr A fa ch oun mb lata 53 i O Awrtihent 053 ch word ch Dpr Tine HAT Traversal p li Eip ieira J CIISONI 50 istr2 Te i woo caen John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David Or He picks up the phone and dials 4321 David s Account Name VoIP gt DialFlan Setup Fi Epok Imd fio I E Enab Phone Mur Dreglayy M fin SDP URL 14 dp dnaytal ong Dial Out Acon Ort Loop thiraugh Hane Backup Phone Numba me Phone RIP sklr OK VolP 2 gt SIP ccounta SUP Account index Mu 1 Protile Aare loin 11 char man hogs tt sub Il without Registration DP Port LEG nain Ti dr ytel 1 53 ch cy draba 1 F subibound proxi lay Name Dind Keeount Number Hama A21 63 et C authentic io a3 et sewer E 63 cr Enpry Tim 1 ip HAT Trav Suppo Mane ho va Par ISDH I 50
50. Enable SNMP Agent Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Trap Timeout seconds Type in the router name provided by ISP Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three Ps subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FTP servers Check it to enable this function 244 Dray Tek Get Community Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap
51. G 7294 B Pca 5 5 InBand Phone could not be used anymore However its dsp resource could be used by ISON and ISON could dial voip call at the same time Otherwise ISDN could only dial 3 voip call at the same time Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End 15000 RTP O Symmetric RTP RTP TOS Phone List Vigor2820 Series User s Guide P procodenceS 9 mmm Port For Vigor2820V Vigor2820Vn there are two phone ports provided here for you to configure However for Vigor2820VS Vigor2820VSn there are three phone ports provided here for you to configure Two Index 1 to 2 are fixed and one Index 3 is configurable Phone1l Phone2 Phone allow you to set general settings for PSTN phones ISDN1 S0 and ISDN2 TE allow you to set common settings for ISDN network connection ISDN2 port is configurable Please use the drop down list to choose ISDN2 TE for Internet connection or choose ISDN2 S0 ISDN intern for ISDN phone In addition you can connect six phones to this router in certain case Please refer to Section 4 1 for detailed information of ISDN phone network connection If you want to enable function of ISDN On Net Off Net you have to choose ISDN2 TE Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Codec The default Codec setting for each port will be shown in this field for your reference You can click the number below the Index field to change it f
52. Guide 130 Dr ay Tek Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference This feature is available only when the Quality of Service for WAN interface is enabled Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 Online Statistics Refresh Interval 5 v seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec il OUT 25 0 2 OUT 25 0 Z OUT 25 0 4 OUT Others 25 0 Outbound Status Others 0 5 10 Bps Cancel General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAMI General Setup Enable the QoS Control Index Class Name Reserved _ bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25 ls Class 25 ke Class 3 26 Others 25 lee C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 36 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic
53. ISDN ports Status It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function is idle HANG UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT_ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Codec Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 198 Dr ay Te k PeerID The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain Elapse The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Tx Pkts Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Rx Pkts Total number of received voice packets during this connection session Rx Losts Total number of lost packets during this connection session Rx Jitter The jitter of received voice packets In Calls Accumulation for the times of in call Out Calls Accumulation for the times of out call Miss Calls Accumulation for the times of missing call Speaker Gain The volume of present call Log Display logs of VoIP calls 3 12 ISDN 3 12 1 Basic Concept ISDN means integrated services digital network that is an international communications standard for sending voice video and data over digital telephone lines or normal telephone wires Below shows the menu items for ISDN Dray Tek
54. If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright ine a y Tek weer CHO FFAPS ir we wn a A kA Factory G 0 Raani CSM WAN oS Phone 50 ISDA Phen 20 Phare Link 3 If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again Dray Te k 301 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www draytek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Webwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP
55. Jabber GoogleT alk L Googlechat O Fire C GaduGadu LJ Paltalk Cl Qnext C FocorPP365 C AresChat E Ali Oke C Lava Lava Oicuz Hlispo Que CmMobilemSN BaiduHi 1 Fetion VoIP Cl Skype O Kkubaa Cl Gizmo O SIP RTP ClTelTel TeamSpeak eMessenger WebMSH meebo 10 Java ICO Flash qoowy WebIM URLs Seat a IMUnitive Wablet mabber Messenger x Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Select All Click it to choose all of the items in this page Clear All Uncheck all the selected boxes Web IM more than one address MessengerAdictos WebYahoolM eBuddy IMhaha MSN2 G0 IL ovwelM getMessenger KoollM The profiles configured here can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 116 Dray Tek The items categorized under P2P CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name i Protocol Misc Ill P2P Protocol o plications SSS SoulSeek SoulSeek J eDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza FastTrack KazaA BearShare iMesh J OpenFT KCeasy FilePipe Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy KCeasy OpenNap Lopster XNap WinLop BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet Other P2P Applications C xunlei LI PP365 Poco C Clubbox ares Pando C Huntmine L Kuwa T
56. M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 44 Dr ay Te k PPPoE Pass through ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dray Tek provided by ISP Protocol Drop down the list to choose the one provided by ISP If you have already used Quick Start Wizard to set the protocol then it is not necessary for you to change any settings in this group Modulation Default setting is Multimode Choose the one that fits the requirement of your router Modulation Mlultimode kai T1 413 5 Lite 5 MT ADSLAS 44 3 ADSL annex fl ADSL2 G 992 5 ADSL annex hy Multimode The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet through such direction For Wired LAN If you check this box PCs on the same network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet For Wireless LAN If you check this box PCs on the same wireless network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet VLAN Enable Enable the function
57. Mask 755 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts So ond IP Address 192 168 2 1 Gateway IP Address SU 192 168 1 1 2nd Subnet Mask j OOo l DNS Server IP Address RIP Protocol Control LJ Force ONS manual setting Primary IP Address fs Secondary IP Address fo To use another DHCP server in the network rather than the built in one of Vigor Router you have to change the settings as show below Dray Tek 273 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address onar A 220 135 240 207 Private Subnet Router IP Address DHCP Server You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage O Enable Server Disable Server ist IP Address Relay Agent O ist Subnet 2nd Subnet ist Subnet Mask Start IP Address For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts 2nd IP Address 192 168 2 1 Gateway IP Address i 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address 2nd Subnet DHCP Serwer 10 Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address RIP Protocol Control Disable a C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Ld Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 274 Dr ay Te k 4 5 Calling Scenario for VoIP function 4 5 1 Calling via SIP Sever Exampl
58. Out Setup Basic Setup Bandwidth On Demand BOD Setup Link Type Dialup BOD w High Water Mark roog cps PPF Authentication PAP or CHAF High Water Time aU second s TCP Header Compression Low Water Mark e000 cps Idle Timeout 150 second s Low Water Time 30 second s Call Control Setup Dial Retry It specifies the dial retry counts per triggered packet A triggered packet is the packet whose destination is outside the local network The default setting is no dial retry If set to 5 for each triggered packet the router will dial 5 times until it is connected to the ISP or remote access router Dial Delay Interval It specifies the interval between dialup retries By default the interval is O second Remote Activation It can help users who would like to access the server which is off the Internet in the head office To remotely make the server to be available on the Internet 1 e make the router in the head office activating its Internet access either by dialing up or starting broadband connection users can make a regular phone call the number is set in the Remote Activation field to the router as signaling it for activation The phone call will be soon disconnected once the router is on line Note that Dialing to a Single ISP should be pre configured properly Basic Setup Link Type Because ISDN has two B channels 64Kbps per channel you can specify whether you would like to have single B channel two B channels or B
59. Page 1 Page Nol So Virtual Tx Tx Rate Rx Rx Rate Mer typa EIRE Network Pkts Bps Pkts Bps mentite HMEMMEMM Data is encrypted HEERKERX Data isn t encrypted Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status Dray Te k 163 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 10 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Certiiicate Management 3 10 1 Local Certificate Certificate Manag
60. Port internal host Specify the private port number of the service offered by the Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 system Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control O Allow management from the Internet FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List Subnet Mask Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Management Port Setup User Define Ports Telnet Port HTTP Port HTTPS Port FTP Port SSH Port SNMP Setup C Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Set Community Manager Host IP Trap Community Notification Host IP Trap Timeout 80 Default Ports Default Default Default Default Default seconds Z DJ j 443 J J
61. Port fs Incoming Protocol Incoming Port fs Note The Triggering Port and Incoming Port should be input like this 123 456 777 789 legal 123 456 789 legals but 129 456 789 illegal Dray Te k 87 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Enable Service Comment Triggering Protocol Triggering Port Incoming Protocol Incoming Port 3 4 Firewall 3 4 1 Basics for Firewall Check to enable this entry Choose the predefined service to apply for such trigger profile User Defined User Defined Real Player Quick Time BitTorrent Type the text to memorize the application of this rule Select the protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP for such triggering profile Type the port or port range for such trigger profile When the triggering packets received it is expected the incoming packets will use the selected protocol Select the protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the incoming data of such triggering profile Type the port or port range for the incoming packets While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection
62. Series User s Guide 126 Dray Te k To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit session Disable Click this button to close the function of limit session Default session limit Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Limitation List Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Defines the start IP address for limit session End IP Defines the end IP address for limit session Maximum Sessions Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All Setup the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Dray Te k 127 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 7 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other progra
63. Server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 210 IKE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Mediurn AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup LL Callback Function CBCP J J Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Link Type ISDN Username draytek PPTP Password eocccee me eee Tenna PPP Authentication PAP CHAP L2TP with IPSec Policy yi Gampndscien on O off Dial Number for ISDN or i IKE thent t Method Server IP Host Name for YPN Authentication Metho such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 210 Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup J 2 4 Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authenticatio
64. Server if 802 1 is enabled WPA Encryption Mode TKIP Type 8 63 ASCI character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsO1la or Ox655abed WEP Encryption Mode key 1 a Key 2 Per S O key 3 mo i O Key 4 SS For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or Ox4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCI character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example O123456789abc or 0x303132333435363735839414243 Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose VIP ASP ak WIPAAIPSK PAH VPAZVRSE Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP lt Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WEP 802 1x Only Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 214 Dray Te k WPA2 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol Mixed WPA WPA2 802 1x only Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK
65. Start WIZ AN sgrosssiticansiias sniraeans eri A E E ai 25 22A PPPOE PPPOA eer E E A A EA E E 26 2 2 2 1483 Bridged IP eressero ee a E E a e TiS 28 22 o t489 ROUE IP serere a aE e I a A T Ta aa 29 2 3 Service Activation WIZAMC ccccceeeececcceeecceeeeseeceeeeceeeeseeeceeeeeeaaassseeceeeessaaaeeeeeeeesseaaeseeeeeneess 30 2A ONNE SAUS sara a EE EE EEN 34 2 9 SAVING Configura O eeseninssaeni a EE EEEa NENESE SEAN a E 37 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWork ccccccceseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeessaneeessaeess 39 3 1 2 Network Connection by 3G USB Modem ccccccececccceceeseeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseessaaeeeeeeess 40 3 1 3 General SEUD isiissistn nia aiie ian En eiA EAEAN ESENE NEN 40 3 1 4 Internet ACCESS ccccccccssececeeeeeecaeeeeeeneeseeessaeeeseaeeeeseaseeeseaeeessaeeeeesaeeeeseaueeesseneeesaaaeeees 43 IAS MAFO S nee EEEE R 59 3 1 6 Load Balance Policy cccccccseesccceceeeeeeeeceeeeceeeseeeeeceeesseeeeceeesseaeeceeessaaeeesssaeeeeeessaaees 64 2 EAN csc E R cee aera aces A E Seo ea ta E E ace EE 65 ies 1 ASICS O EAN A A E E 66 De Ene o U ea E E A 68 Jee MOU eaen ee AERA 71 SLA VEAN agen orn sca sala ete ca ety aise A E E 74 eZ OI TON aco sale eet rc A bai cigs pointbase asta esion E E 75 0 EAN ON OM oei E E A E EE 77 S NAT oa reese panned czctstnesioceneaaeaoe E E 77 Dr ay Tek vii Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 3 1 Port Redirection ceciuscccceciavenecieusavonsencecueviatexcawen
66. Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 3 15 9 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page system Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing system reboot All the schedules can be set previously in Applications gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click OK To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future Dray Te k 245 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 15 10 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The f
67. User s Guide 2 4 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status ADSL Information and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE PPPoA as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE or Drop PPPoE in the Online Status web page Online status for PPPoE WAN2 Online Status system Status System Uptime 3 18 44 Primary Secondary LAN Status Primary DNS 192 168 66 1 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 49 552 WAN 1 Status gt gt Release Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes ADSL DHCP Client 0 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 165 66 10 192 168 66 1 1 g 1 0 WAN 2 Status gt gt Drop PPPoE Enable Line Mame Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet PPPOE 000 22 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 218 160 234 238 61 216 116 254 14 16 15 41 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 211011_43 ATM Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks Le 23 0 0 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNRMargin Loop Att a OMT SHOW TIME 1024000 1i s36000 0 0 Online status for PPTP for WAN2 Online Status system Status System Uptime 3 18 44 Primary Secondary LAN Status Primary DNS 166 95 1 1 Secondary DNS 166 95 1 1 IP Address TK Packets RX Packets 192 158 1 1 480 339 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Tes ADSL Static IP 0 00 00 IP GW IP TX
68. VLAN6 VLAN Mia Afa Din EIE k Afa Ra BIA RIR Aja Aa AIc RiR A Afa Afa BIC Rif Afa Aia Ain A To remove VLAN uncheck the needed box and click OK to save the results 3 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Note IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IP Address Mac Address 192 168 1 10 O0 0OE 46 2A D5S Al Add and Edit IP Address Po Mac Address WoW oe Wo Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on Dray Tek 75 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Strict Bind ARP Table Add and Edit Refresh IP Bind List Add Edit Delete this page will be invalid Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in I
69. You should set up Link Type and identity like User Name and Password for the authentication of remote server You can further set up Callback CBCP function below This feature is useful for s model only Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server 157 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide IPSec Tunnel L2TP with User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy ab
70. a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Servet cccceeeeeeeeees 284 4 9 Creating an ACCOUNT for MYVIQOT cccccceeeeccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesseeeeeeesseeaseeeeeeeessaeaseeeeeeeeeeas 286 4 9 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router cccccceeeeceeeceeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeceeeeaeaeeeeeeeseeeeess 286 4 9 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Sit cccccseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeseseeeeeeeeeseeeeess 289 4 10 How to use mOTP feature through the router and iPhone ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 292 4 11 How can get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router 297 HOUDI SMOO UNG esis EE 301 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or NOt cc ssssessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaseeseeeeeeeeeeeeess 301 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 302 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer ccccccccccccsssssssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeessauaeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeseeess 304 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not ccccccsssececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeeeeeeneeee 305 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection ccccccccccssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseaeaeeeeesessuaaeeeeeeees 308 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary ennenen 308 5 Comacting Your Deler sssrini aaa A AARE aR REN Eai 310 Appendix Hardware Specifications ccccssssccsessessessesses
71. authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode 3 9 6 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports 32 VPN tunnels The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAW Profiles Index Name Status Index Name Status iE TTT s 1r TTF s Z TTT r 18 TTT r ae Te es 19 TTT s 4 Te Z0 TTT s ne TTT s 1 TTT e TTT a ff TTT r T TTT A 23 TTT s a TTT a 24 TTT a ls TTT r Zo TTF r 10 cae r 2b PTR s 11 TTT 2 ff eae 2 T2 TTT a Zo TTT a 13 TTT s 29 TTT s 14 TTT a 30 TTT r 15 TTT r 31 TTT ey 1b TTT a 32 TTT A Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit
72. can access into My Vigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 4 9 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site 1 Access into http myvigor draytek com Find the line of Not registered yet Then click the link Click here to access into next page Dray Tek fi Home i for you About Us n s MyVigor website replaces the VigorPro site as DrayTek s portal site for D Product the latest products and services in network security including Anti UserName My Information virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter etc The products and functions Password VigorPro that are supported in this site include pers VigorPro Unified Security Firewall series Qbk aVd e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter If you can t read the AuthCode click here license key e Activation of DT Anti Virus license key e Activation of Kaspersky Anti Virus license key b Forget password uL e Activation of Commtouch membership Anti Spam license key and Not registered yet Click here Vigor routers for models that support Commtouch e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key The MyVigor website contains a trail version of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter which allows the users to set filters to block out undesirable web pages in the Internet jungle Please use IE 5 0 or above resolution 1024 768 for best More customer oriented services are planne
73. click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface WAN 1 or WAN2 that you use If DSL interface is used please choose WAN 1 if WAN2 interface is used please choose WAN2 Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Then click Next for next step Here we take WANI as an example Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface Display Name fs Physical Mode Physical Type On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step Dray Te k 25 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 ve o VCI 33 Protocol Encapsulation PPPoE LLC SNAP v Fixed IP Oves No Dynamic IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Second DNS PPPoE LLC SNAP te PPPoE LLC SNAP PPPoE VC MUM PPPoA LLCISNAP PPPoA VC MUM 1463 Bridged IP LLC 1463 Routed IP LLC 1403 Bridged IP VC Mux 1403 Routed IP vC hux IPoA In the Quick Start Wizard you can configure the router to access the Internet with different protocol modes such as PPPoE PPPoA 1483 Bridged IP or 1483 Routed IP The router supports
74. different QoS Class QoS Class Gos Class 1 High oS Class 1 High Clos Class 2 Medium Clos Class 3 Low DetaultClass Lowest Dray Te k 137 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 8 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applicatons 3 8 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account
75. gateway IP address SIP PING interval The default value is 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support Status Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 180 Dr ay Te k VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 4 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Ps 11 char max C call without Registration 68 char ma 668 char ma L Act as outbound proxy Display Name 23 char max Account Number Name 68 char max O Authentication 1D 6 char max Password Expiry Time pS 668 char mare NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Prefer Codec Packet Size J Phone 1 Phone 2 s 11M b4K bps Single Codec Yolce Active Detector Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Dray Tek Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without registration Choos
76. have to set this function for your necessity NAT Traversal Support None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports Nortel solution you can choose this option Set Phone ISDN1 SO or ISDN TE as the default ring port for this SIP account If you choose Phone or ISDN1 S0O the ISDN2 TE selection will be dimmed vice versa There are ten internal lines with numbers 30 39 offered for ISDN SO You can specify one of them or choose Any as ring port for specified SIP account By the way ISDN SO can be used by mapping with MSN numbers Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pattern Select one of the codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth 182 Dray Tek while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 G 711MU 64Kbps 3 7114 b4k bps G 29AB kbps G 723 6 4kbps G 726_32 32kbps iLEC 15 15 20kbps iLBC_ 13 13 20kbps Single Codec If the b
77. humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abn
78. information for FTP server will be shown as below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USE Disk Write Protect Status Na Disk Capacity 2009 MB Free Capacity 1610 ME Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Service IP Address Port Username FTF 192 168 1 10 1963 userl Now users in LAN of Vigor2710 can access into the USB storage device by typing ftp 192 168 1 1 on any browser They can add or remove files directories depending on the Access Rule for FTP account settings in USB Application gt gt USB User Management Dray Tek 299 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 300 Dray Te k Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 5 1 Checking
79. maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Route Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available This item will be changed according to the port settings configured in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Dray Te k 173 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that is not welcomed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Index Call Direction Barring Type if 2 cf 4 ae 6 i 3 9 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Enable Call Direction IN ka specific URVURL Route Indexf1 155 in Schedule Setup Barring Type Note Wildcard 7 is supported Enable Call Direction Click this to enable this entry Barring Type number Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 174 Barring Number URL URI Setto Factory Default Route Schedule Status Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or Dray Tek specitic URVURL Specific URVURL Specific Mumber Spe
80. modem Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ISDN Dial Backup Setup 4 4 l Dial Backup Mode None WAN Connection Detection Ping 1P TOL OK Cancel Dray Te k 305 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide For MPoA Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE PPPoA MPoA RFC1483 2634 Enable D Disable WAN IP Network Settings WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically DSL Modem Settings Multi PVC channel Channel 2 1483 Bridged IP LLC Required for some ISPs won Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 229 ver Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Modulation Multimode iaiki Gateway IP Address 172 156 3 4 WAN Connection Detection Mode Default MAC Address Ping IP Ts Specify a MAC Address TTL MAC Address 50 RIP Protocol DNS Server IP Address C Enable RIP Primary IP Address Do Secondary IP Address OoOo Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode 2 Check if DSL Modem Settings is set appropriately Check if IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP if you choose Specify an IP address Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 306 Dr ay Te k For Static Dynamic IP Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if IP address Subnet Mask and Gateway are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static o
81. router A calls vigor router B with checking Enable Secure Phone but not Enable SAS Voice Prompt then 1 After the connection established vigor router A will NOT send SAS voice prompt to vigor router A and vigor router B will NOT send the SAS voice prompt to vigor router B 2 Even no voice prompt but the RTP traffic is still secured until the call ends Note If the incoming or outgoing calls do not match any entry on the phonebook the router will try to make the call being protected But if the call ends up unprotected e g peer side does not support ZRTP SRTP the router will not play out a warning message Dray Te k 169 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor 2820V for setting the phone book VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Phone Display Dial Out Loop Bei Secure ania number Name oe Account through a Phone i Number i Default None None X 2 Default None None x fe Default None None x 4 Default None None x 4 Default None None x 6 Default None None x Default None None x Default None None x 9 Default None None x 10 Default None None x 1
82. router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability 224 Dray Tek 3 13 9 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Sean to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List Scan Statistics Add to Dray Tek BSSID Channel SSID See Statistics Scar Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed to connect with the router Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address gq0 0 0 0 Bridge Repeater It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended chan
83. see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 197 168 1 1 z WAN Information Woh IP Fixed 172 16 23 213 LAN Status Tx Packets RS Packets Wahl IP Fixed 258489 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read out Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Yersion 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE O50 AN STORM Traditional Chinese Bigs O0al 21 00a6 7c 00a9 63 O0sa 61 O0ad 22d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 0062 33 00b9 31 O0ba f Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule Dray Tek Banner Please uncheck this box and the following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web page The default setting is Enabled 99 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter Please contact your system administrator for further information Powered by Draytek Strict Security Checking All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall settings configured by Vigor router When the resource is inadequate the packe
84. the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading Mone we Mone Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 122 Dr ay Te k 3 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com However if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature it is necessary for you to access into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com Therefore you need to register an account on http myvigor draytek com for using corresponding service Please refer to sectio
85. the user s host which connecting to the FTP server Username It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server When you insert USB diskette into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 232 Dray Te k 3 14 5 Syslog Explorer Such page provides real time syslog and displays the information on the screen USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB syslog C Enable Web Syslog Refresh Clear Syslog Type Display Mode Stop record when fulls w Time Message For Web Syslog This page displays the time and message for User Firewall call WAN VPN settings You can check Enable Web Syslog specify the type of Syslog and choose the display mode you want Later the event of Syslog with specified type will be shown for your reference Enable Web Syslog Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog Syslog Type Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be displayed Syslog Type Display Mode There are two modes for you to choose Stoo record when fulls Always record the new event Stop record when fulls when the capacity of syslog is full the system will stop recording Always record the new event only the newest events will be recorded by the system Time Display the time of the event occurred Message Display the information for each event Dray Te k 233 Vigor2820 Series User s G
86. through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode More Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router RIP Direction The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable From first subnet to If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP remote network you please choose NAT otherwise choose Route have to do Change default route to Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel this VPN tunnel Be aware that this setting is available only for one WAN interface is enabled It is not available when both WAN interfaces are enabled You have to disable one WAN interface WAN 1 or WAN 2 on WAN gt gt General Setup for enabling such setting Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 162 Dray Te k 3 9 7 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds YPN Connection Status Current
87. to enhance the total utilization Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 128 Dr ay Te k End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth Each Shared Select Each to make each IP within the range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields select Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the total bandwidth of TX limit and RX limit TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allow you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 3 7 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarante
88. to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional Index 1 15 Set the PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 58 Dr ay Tek 3 1 5 Multi PVCs This router allows you to create multi PVCs for different data transferring for using Simply go to Internet Access and select Multi PVC Setup page General The system allows you to set up to eight channels which are ready for choosing as the first PVC line that will be used as multi PVCs Internet Access gt gt Multi PVCs Multi P Cs General Channel 1 2 3 WAN 4 WAN 5 WAN 6 ee a k SUG SEO d ATM QoS Port based Bridge Enable CI QoS Type Protocol Encapsulation UBR PPPoA VC MUX ov UBR 1483 Bridged IP LLC v SCC Note VPIY CI must be unique for each channel Enable VPI VCI QoS Type Protocol Dray Tek A eK Check this box to enable that channel The channels that you enabled her
89. to this port is on hook Blinking A phone call comes LED on Connector Left LED On The port is connected LAN Green Off The port is disconnected 1 Giga The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green Off The port is disconnected with 10 100Mbps Left LED The port is connected LAN Green The port is disconnected 21314 The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 100Mbps Green Off The port is disconnected with 1OMbps Left LED The port is connected WAN 2 Green The port is disconnected The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 100Mbps Green Off The port is disconnected with 1OMbps Dray Tek 9 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide irmans LAR Factory Ramet Phoned Interface Limes OFF 2 3 4 LAN DSL WAHI USE PWR TPGigah Description Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS Factory Reset Phone 1 2 Line LAN 1 4 DSL WAN 2 USB PWR ON OFF Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button for 2 seconds to wait for client device making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router wi
90. transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC_VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC_BE and AC_BK Dray Te k 223 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide CWMin CW Max Txop ACM AckPolicy Vigor2820 Series User s Guide categories CWHMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Be aware that CW Max value must be greater than CW Min or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC_VI and AC_VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC_BK categories must be greater It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC_VI and AC_VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2830 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification Uncheck default value the box means the AP
91. user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data See Optional MPPE Require MPPEMO 26 bit Maximum MPPEM128 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 148 Dray Te k Assigned IP Address Enter a specific IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network 3 9 3 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there
92. users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 for Internet Access Due to different physical mode for WANI and WAN2 the Access Mode for these two connections also varies slightly WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Display Physical Index cine Mode Config Information Channel i PI O VCI 33 Protocol PPPoE LLO SNAP WANT ec Modulation Multimode Dynamic IP WAN e IP Address 172 16 3 229 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway UR LTZ LD a or WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index apy Config Information Name Mode ae Channel 1 VPI 0 VCI 33 Protocol PPPoE LLC SNAP WANT Modulation Multimode Dynamic IP 3G USB li i None WAN Modem None Index It shows the WAN modes that this router supports WAN1 is the default WAN interface for accessing into the Internet WAN2 is the optional WAN interface for accessing into the Internet when WAN 1 is inactive for some reason Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical port for WAN1 WAN2 Config Information It shows brief configuration information for WAN1 WAN2 interface WANI and WAN2 support different protocols WANI supports PPPoE PPPoA and MPoA WAN2 supports PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP and PPTP According to physical connection of your router please choose suitable WAN interface link to set detailed information 43 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide PPP
93. will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets Enable Strict Security For the sake of security you might want the router executing Firewall strict security checking for data transmission Check this box to enable such function Dray Te k 93 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Filter Setup ow Pre rinmi 2 OIF PN IS Comments Default Call Filter Default Data Filter Setto Factory Default Comments an F BEB eem To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Filter Rule Active Comment Move Up Down Next Filter Set Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Active Df k kf hf k Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down UP Down uP Down UP Down UP Down UP Down UP Next Filter Set None v Click a button numb
94. x Advanced Settings eee perpen opera General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can access J IP Broadband Connection on A outer Ftp Example menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDP manmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a menmsgr 192 169 29 11 8729 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer eee Show icon in notification area when connected ro Edit pels I E i eal The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappi
95. you may limit client connections setting ta 1 to get better performance 3 4 workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the follawing a gt 7 General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage disk at one time Default Charset At present Vigor router supports three types of character sets default GB2312 and BIGS 227 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Default ha Defa ult 562312 Bliss Default Charset is for English based file name For Simplified Chinese file directory names please choose GB2312 for Traditional Chinese file directory names choose BIGS Samba Service Settings Click Enable to invoke samba service via the router Later you can view the files inside the USB storage disk through Samba server Access Mode LAN Only Users coming from internet cannot connect to the samba server of the router LAN And WAN Both LAN and WAN users can access samba server of the router NetBios Name Service For the NetBios service of USB storage disk you have to specify a workgroup name and a host name A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name can have as many as 15 characters a
96. 08 Dray Tek Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored e Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory ON OFI N wan ure P hA A hrad Factory 5 O Reset CSM WAN2 QoS Phone S0 ISDN Phone SO Phone After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request Dray Te k 309 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 5 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work c
97. 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Class Class Class oe Index Status Bandwidth Directon i m 3 Others Bandwidth Control WANI Enable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps Both 25 25 25 2595 Inactive WaAN2 Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 Inactive Class Rule Index Service Type Class 1 Class 2 di Edit Class 3 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 270 Dr ay Te k Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of VoIP influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH Index Class Name Reserved _ bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 25 Class HTTPS Class 3 235 Others 25 Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 2 Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 8 If the worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel VPN Tunnel Private Network Cooperate Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 Name PN Wo Status Local Address Remote Address DSIN Service Type CodePoint 10 Inactive Any Any ANY undefined Dray Tek a Vigor2820 Se
98. 1 Default None None x 12 Default None None x 13 Default None None x id Default None None X 15 Default None None x 16 Default None None x Vi Default None None x 18 Default None None x 19 Default None None x 20 Default None None X lt lt 1 20 21 40 41 60 gt gt Next gt gt Status v Active x Inactive Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL 1112 fwd pulver corm Enable Click this to enable this entry Phone Number The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and Display Name The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 170 Dray Te k SIP URL without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address This page will differ for different models Below is a sample page obtained from Vigor 2820VSn The selection of Loop through and Backup Phone Number is only available for 2820VSn 2820Vn model VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 20 C Enable Phone Number Display Name Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number f Secure Phone Enable Click this to enable this entry Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Dray Tek The spe
99. 1 authentication algorithm 158 Dray Tek Advanced Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below E http 192 168_ 1 1 IKE advanced settings Microsoft Internet Explorer IKE advanced settings IKE phase 1 mode Main mode Aggressive mode IKE phase 1 proposal DES_MD5_G1 DES_SHA1_G1 3DES_MD5_G1 3DES_MD5_G2 AES128_MD5_G2 AES256_SHA1_G2 AES256_SHA1_G14 IKE phase 2 proposal HMAC_SHAI HMAC_MDS v IKE phase 1 key lifetime 26800 IKE phase 2 key lifetime 3600 Perfect Forward Secret Disable Local ID Callback Function for s models only Dray Tek 900 86400 600 86400 Enable IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peer
100. 20 and etc except for other brand s wireless routers WPA and WPA2 are used for WDS devices e g AP700 For example if you have a wireless AP and a Vigor2820n wireless router you can set the encryption mode as WPA or WPA2 to establish your WDS 221 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status 3 13 7 Advanced Setting system between AP and the router Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth g
101. 3 6 1 APP Enforcement Profile You can define policy profiles for IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Protocol Misc application This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements The APP Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall gt gt General Setup for filtering CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile Isl P2P Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1E 1 rA 18 3 13 4 20 a 1 6 ff is 3 8 24 a 25 11 2t 13 29 14 30 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile Click the number under Index column for settings in detail There are four tabs IM P2P Protocol and Misc displayed on this page Each tab will bring out different items that you can choose to disallow people using Dray Te K 115 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Below shows the items which are categorized under IM CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name fe Ih P2P Protocol Misc select All Clear All Advanced Management Activity s Application Login Message File Transfer Game Conferencet ideo Voice Other Activities Ooooooog a jeje fEl E YahoolmM AIMf lt v5 94 be Bjb ie z a Be ee i IM Application I AIM6e Jaq Tm Jichat
102. 50 255 0 0 0 Subnet Mask Dray Tek a Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 2 Check if PPTP Server Username Password and WAN IP address are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the following Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor2820 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor2820 USB LED lights on but the network connection does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disable PIN code and try again If it still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the page similar to the following graphic to the service center of DrayTek Pit DrayTek Syslog Controls DERA LAN Status 192 168 1 1 DrayTek Vigor2820 WAN Status Getway IP Static TX Packets RX Rate 0 0 TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Static RX Packets TH Rate Fire Wall Loz VPN Log User Access Log CallLog WAN Log Network Infomation Net State r Time Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12
103. 50 Sec Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Dray Tek ue For Vigor2820VS Vigor2820VSn models you will see the following page VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain fRealm Proxy Account Name Codec Ring Port Status L Phone 1 ae G 729A B Oispni so Any 3 C ISDN2 TE L Phone 11 lf294a o ISDN1 SO 4ny gt 7 Lenya LJISON2 TE Phone G 7294 B ISON1 50 LJISDN2 TE R success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server WAT Traversal Setting SIP PING Interval 150 sec Index Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Profile Display the profile name of the account Domain Realm Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Proxy Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Account Name Display the account name of SIP address before Codec Display the selected Codec of this account Ring Port Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call Set Phone ISDN1 SO or ISDN TE as the default ring port for the SIP account If you choose Phone or ISDN1 S0O the ISDN2 TE selection will be dimmed vice versa There are ten internal lines with numbers 30 39 offered for ISDN SO You can specify any one of them as ring port for specified SIP account By the way ISDN SO can be used by mapping with MSN numbers STUN Server Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server External IP Type in the
104. 55 time 8 716 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seges ttl 255 timesb 731 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmpseq 4 ttl 255 timesh 72 ms AE 192 168 1 1 ping statistics E packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfoayg max 0 097 0 723 6 755 ms Vigorla draytek J Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 304 Dr ay Te k 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Click WAN gt gt Internet Access and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click WAN or WAN2 link to review the settings that you configured previously WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Display Name Physical Mode Config Information ADSL None Ethernet DHCP Client For PPPoE Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if Username and Password are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE PPPoA MPoA RFC1483 2634 Enable Disable ISP Access Setup DSL Modem Settings Multi PVC channel Channel 1 ee PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP w Idle Timeout second s vcr IP Address From ISP WAN IP Alias Encapsulating Type LLC SNAP w n O ic IP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Protocol PPPoE enpe O Modulation PPPoE Pass through Default MAC Address oe Specify a MAC Address C For Wireless LAN MAC Address o TF nl Note If this box is checked while using the PPPoA protocol the router will behave like a
105. AEE DrayTek O 6 ACT WEF Lire m O Go vse DSL Pia factory O O Risi TSM WAN Gos Phone S0 ISDH hant 50 Phang WGigay WAR 2 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 16 Dray Te k 1 5 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE please visit www draytek com Printer Name 192 168 1 1 Router Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes Dray Tek 2 Documents Settings G Control Panel Network Connections amp Printers and Faxes of Taskbar and Start Menu Search Help and Support Run Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer Internet Explorer ISI Mac 17 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 Open File gt Add a New Computer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Q Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects I through a USB port or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you
106. ANI or WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is disconnected the LED will be off about six seconds later There is no PSTN phone call The phone connected to this port is off hook The phone connected to this port is on hook A phone call comes The QoS function is active ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active and an ISDN phone adapter is connected ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active and an ISDN phone adapter is not connected A phone has been connected If not green LED will be off An ISDN phone is off hook or a phone call comes ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings and an ISDN phone adapter is connected ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings is active and an ISDN phone adapter is not connected It means ISDN TE mode is active which is configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings A phone adapter with phone set has been connected ISDN SO intern mode or ISDN line has been connected ISDN SO extern mode It will be off if there is nothing connected In ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode it means an ISDN phone is off hook or a phone call comes In ISDN TE mode it means data fax or voice phone call is transmitting 11 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Left LED LAN Green Off Giga Blinking Right LED Green Off Left LED On LAN G
107. Active x Inactive Empty Index Destination Address Status Set to Factory Default Viewing Routing Table Displays the destination address of the static route Displays the status of the static route Clear all profiles Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Status I1 See o Ba The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up Static route Refresh Key C connected 5S static R RIP default private 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 3 4 WAaN2 C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN C 172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 is directly connected WaN2 Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet A create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Dray Tek 71 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its d
108. CMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 102 Dray Te k Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Block Ping of Death Dray Tek timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attack
109. Compression on O off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 IKE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH O High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 3 J Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Link Type ISDN Username draytek PPTP Password eeccces IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication PAP CHAP L2TP with IPSec Policy eh Conphassieh on off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP J J J Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the
110. Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone and congestion tone by yourself for Vigor2820 Series User s Guide VoIP phone ione setings Region User Defined User Defined ov UK Dia Denmark 0 Germany Bus Netherlands 0 Conge Portugal Volume Australia Mie cain slovenia Mic Gain Czech Speaker Slovakia Hungary MISC Switzerland Dial Tone France i 192 Dray Tek Volume Gain MISC DTMF MSN Alias Dray Tek Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting Notice that such setting is not available for DECT phone port DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the ke
111. Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MioeS Maces Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in L Enable this profile L Always on Idle Timeout second s VPN Dial Out Through WAN First M C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP fo Multicast via VPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc J Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 258 Dray Tek 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Link Type ISDN Username PPTP Password IPSec T icati ec Tunne PPP Authentication L2TP with IPSec Policy YJ Compression On Off Dial Number for ISDN or i i
112. Enter the password provided by your ISP IP Address Assignment In most environments you should not change these settings as Method IPCP for most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it secondary ISP setup connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address After entering the necessary settings and clicking OK you will see Goto ISDN Diagnostic link appears on the bottom of the webpage ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP Single ISP ISP Access Setup PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout 160 second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Password fs Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IF C Require ISP callback CBCP Fixed IP Address ay Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup gt gt Goto ISDN Diagnostic To have an ISDN connection please click Goto ISDN Diagnostic The following page will be displayed on your screen Dray Te k 205 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Diagnostics gt gt WAN Connection ISDN PPPoE PPPoOA Diagnostics Refresh ISDN Link Status E Internet Access B Channel B B Activity Idle Idle Drop Connection gt gt Drop Bl gt gt Drop B Broadband Access klode Status Internet Access gt gt Dial PPPoE PPPoA WAN IP Address Internet Access gt gt Dial PPPoE PPPoA Drop Connection gt gt Drop PPPoE PPPoA Click Dial ISDN Wait for a moment after clicking the dial
113. Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 88 Dray Tek IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packe
114. Hg 56 Call Waiting Deact hf Prr lew Block Anonymous Deact 87 les Block Unknow Domain 04 Deact baa 05 er Block IP Calls Deact H H Check this box to enable this function Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again 176 Dray Tek Call Forward All Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Call Forward Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Call Forward Busy Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Call Forward No Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming Ans Act calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Do Not Disturb Act Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Do Not Distrub Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Hide caller ID Act Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID n
115. IBQjCCARNCAQAWOTELMAKGALUEBhHNCVFCxEDAO _ Base64 Encoded BokqhkiGOwOBCQEWEXByZXNzQGRyYX1OZWsuy29t Certificate Request A4GNADCBiQKBgQDOYB7wmZFf FHN9 TeQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 hX4bp89cUF9d1LoACGGiM tcBOckde ZaPFFVIXcP3 x GOATCTvO fQzpxroCwlJTjL5j50 Bn9v50951G Y lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator Administrator Additional Attribut Authenticated Session Basic EFS l _ EFS Recovery Agent Attributes Uer IPSEC Offline request Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Web Server Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 282 Dr ay le k 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE j Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate x509 Local Certificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify Local C TW ST HS O Draytek OUS RD Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Request MITBnTCCcaore sgawETELHARGALIUEBHMCVFceC eit bohNVaagTaAkhTHRawboYyDVook EwdEcmF devr Mos wCorDyVOooLEWISRDELMC
116. IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default RIP Protocol Control Disable lst Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing I
117. ISDN1 om B Idle 0 0 Oo 0 0 0 0 0 ISDN1 D UP E 2930 192 168 3 10 19 g 10 3 0 0 36 0 ISDN2 E B Idle 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ISDN D UP Detailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Secondary DNS LAN Status IP Address TX Packets RX Packets WANI 2 Status Line Name Mode Up Time IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate ISDN Status Channel Active Conn TX Pkts TX Rate RX Pkts Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the LAN interface Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface Displays the name set in WAN1 WAN web page Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Displays the total uptime of the interface Displays the IP address of the WAN interface Displays the IP address of the default gateway Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Displays the active connection status for each channel Displays the total transmitted packets at the ISDN interface Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the ISDN interface
118. Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP 49 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog S hitp f 192 168 1 1 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool uy Y IP Address Type in the private IP address Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type in gateway IP address Default MAC Address Type in MAC address for the router You can use Defau
119. N and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP PAP or CHAP When DHCP Disable set Authentication or Assigned IP range 192 168 1 200 Dial In PPP Encryption bain Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Username f Password fe For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 264 Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN ta LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP VDES Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account a
120. N modes please go to WAN group and click the Internet Access link 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address 1s mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the rou
121. OD Bandwidth on Demand Four options are available Link Disable Dialup 64Kbps Dialup 128Kbps Dialup BOD Dray Te k 207 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Link Type Dialup BOD Link Disable Dialup b4K bps Dialup 126Kbps Dialup BOO PPP Authentication It specifies the PPP authentication method for PPP MP connections Normally you can set it to PAP CHAP for better compatibility TCP Header Compression VJ Compression It is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally it is set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization Idle Timeout Because our IDSN link type is Dial On Demand the connection will be initiated only when needed Bandwidth On Demand Bandwidth On Demand is for Multiple Link PPP ML PPP or BOD Setup MP The parameters are only applied when you set the Link Type to Dialup BOD The ISDN usually use one B channel to access the Internet or remote network when you choose the Dialup BOD link type The router will use the parameters here to decide on when you activate drop the additional B channel Note that cps characters per second measures the total link utilization High Water Mark and High Water Time These parameters specify the situation in which the second channel will be activated With the first connected channel 1f its utilization exceeds the High Water Mark and such a channel is being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be activated Thus the total link speed will b
122. OK to exit the dialog S http 192 168 1 1 WAH IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer Salk WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool W Y Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask 57 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide PPP for WAN2 Such mode is active only 3G USB Modem was chosen as the physical mode in General Setup WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPP Client Mode OEnable Disable Modem Initial String Default ATRFEOV 1X 18028C 1S0 0 Modem Dial String Default ATDT 994 ppp Username _ Optional PPP Password Po Optional Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WAN2 SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply
123. P Bind List This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 76 Dray Tek 3 2 6 LAN Port Mirror LAN Port mirror can be applied for the users in LAN Generally speaking this function copies traffic from one or more specific ports to a target port This mechanism he
124. P addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 69 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS Server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must Configuration have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can spec
125. PN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN ta LAN IKE Authentication Method pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES Mapes M AES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout second s VPN Dial Out Through WAN1 First C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP fo Multicast via VPN Pass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc a Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method Dray Tek ao Vigor2820 Series User s Guide If an IPSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Link Type O ISDN Username O PEEP Password Bad PPP Authentication L2TP with IPSec Policy VI
126. Packet Pass Block Multicast via VPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc Callback Function Check to enable Callback function Specify the callback number Callback Number Oooo Check to enable Callback Budget Control o minute s Callback Budget OK Cancel Settings in the remote host 1 For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP Vista please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www draytek com download center Install as instructed 2 After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host Smart YPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP Sl Step dO This step will add the ProhibitIpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a L2TP IPSec connection using 4 pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more infomation please read the article O240262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Configure Step 1 Dial to ISF IF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step i Step 2 Connect to YPN Server Status Mo connection Remove PPTR ISP amp VPN amp Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 266 Dray Tek 3 InStep 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry
127. Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 106 00 52 Io Jee 66 1 1 g 1 16 WAN 2 Status gt gt Release Enable Line Mame Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet PPTP 0 00 29 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 168 129 11 192 168 129 1 5 12 10 4 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 211011_4 ATM Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks 4 3 0 2 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNRMargin Loop Att G OMT SHOWTIME 1024000 12000000 5 T Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 34 Dr ay Te k Online status for Static IP for WAN1 Online Status System Status Primary Secondary System Uptime 3 18 44 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 LAN Status Primary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TR Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 4850 339 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Mame Mode Yes ADSL Static IF IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps 192 168 66 52 192 168 566 1 1 J WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name Mode Yes Ethernet PPTP IP GW IP THK Packets TX Rate Bps 192 168 129 11 192 166 129 1 le Up Time 0 00 00 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 1 16 gt gt Release Up Time 0 00 28 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 10 J ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Yersion 211011_4 ATH Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks 4 3 0 Z ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNR Margin Loop Att G OMT SHOW TIME 1024000 12000000 a 0 Online status for DHCP WAN1 Online Status system
128. PoA Encapsulation WO MUA MPoA RFC1483 27684 Obtain an IP address automatically fe Required for some ISPs PAP or CHAP Specify an IP address second s PURREN MESK sd Gateway IP Address fs Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IF DNS Server IP Address Fized IP Address WAN for Router borne Application Vigor2820 Series User s Guide fs Primary IP Address fF e Secondary IP Address fs Choose the router service for channel 3 4 or 5 Management It can be specified for general management Web configuration telnet TRO069 If you choose Management the configuration for this PVC will be effective for Web configuration telnet TRO69 VoIP It can be specified for VoIP only If you choose VoIP the configuration for this PVC will be effective for VoIP data transmitting and receiving 60 Dray Tek Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid DSL Modem Settings Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP QoS Type Select a proper QoS type for the channel Protocol Select a proper protocol for this channel There are three options PPPoE PPPoA and MPoA for you to select The following settings will be changed according to the protocol s
129. Point to Multipoint Configure ISDN port to use Dynamic TEI Enter your ISDN number that you got from ISDN service provider To have such number you have offer your request from ISDN service provider first Every outgoing call will carry the number to the receiver Enter the specified MSN number into the fields to prevent the router from dialing the specific MSN number MSN Numbers mean that the router is able to accept only number matched incoming calls In addition local ISDN network provider should support MSN services The router provides ten fields for MSN numbers Note that MSN service must be acquired from your local telecom operators By default MSN function is disabled If you leave the fields blank all incoming calls will be 200 Dray Tek accepted without number matching 1 10 fields Fill in the portion that is different with the own number For example the own number is 1234567 and MSN numbers are 1234550 1234517 and 1234582 respectively You can type in 1234567 in the filed of own number Fill in 50 17 and 67 on the fields of 1 2 and 3 one by one without typing 12345 Mapping to Phone Ports For loop through phone calls you can assign Phone or and ISDN1 S0 as ring ports if incoming calls correspond with settings on MSN number field There are ten internal lines 30 39 under ISDN1 SO for you to configure as dedicated line You can setup your ISDN phone with one of these 10 different internal MSN numbers Tran
130. READ ONLY mode Na data can be written to it Then please open USB Application gt gt USB General Settings to enable Samba service USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 mMasirnum 6 Default Charset Default v Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Enable 2 Disable Access lode LAN Only OLAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Workgroup Name WORKGROUP Host Name Mote 1 If Charset is set to default only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client hawe multi connection mechanism such as Filezilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 4 workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following lt gt 7 297 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 Setup a user account for the FTP service by using USB Application gt gt USB User Management Click Enable to enable FTP Samba User account Here we add a new account userl and assign authorities Read Write and List to it USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User Enable Disable Username Password aim 11 Characters
131. SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall Firewall 3 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings and Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 90 Dray Tek Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup Call Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Sessions Control 26 15000 Quality of Service None Load Balance policy Auto Select APP Enforcement None URL Content Filter Mone bepp me Web Content Filter 1 Default ka Advance Setting Edit Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for same games ex CS 3 C Enable Strict Security Firewall Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function
132. Status Primary Secondary System Uptime 3 18 44 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 LAN Status Primary DNS 192 168 66 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 749 Soe WAN 1 Status Enable Line Mame Mode Yes ADSL DHEP Client IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps 192 168 66 10 192 168 66 1 1 g gt gt Release Up Time 0 00 00 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 1 0 WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name Mode Yes Ethernet PPPoE IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps 218 160 234 238 61 216 116 254 14 16 gt gt Drop PPPoE Up Time O00 22 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 15 4i ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 211011i_A ATM Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks 18 z3 0 0 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNRMargin Loop Att G DMT SHOW TIME 1024000 11936000 E E Dray Tek Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Online status for ISDN enabled Enable Line wame Fone up nme Yes Ethernet Static IP 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps i e lfe lfa a 0 0 0 0 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 2121501_4 ATH Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks 0 0 g 0 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNRMargin Loop Att a READY 0 0 0 0 ISDN Status gt gt DiallISDN gt gt DropBi gt gt Drop B Channel Active Connection TX Pkts Rate RX Pkts X Rate UpTime AOC Bps Bps ISDN1 Ad Idle 0 0 0 g 0 0 0 0
133. Tear Drop CO Block Smurf Cl Block Ping of Death C Block trace route C Block ICMP fragment L Block SYN fragment LJ Block UnknownProtocol C Block Fraggle Attack a Enable Dos Defense Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Select All Click this button to select all the items listed below Enable SYN flood defense Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Enable UDP flood Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function defense Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Enable ICMP flood Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function defense Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the I
134. The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 92 Dr ay Tek Fit DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 197 169 1 1 si wan Information WAMI IP Fixed ee bees LAN Status Te Packets RY Packets wWANZ IP Fixed 26459 15265 Tool Setup Telnet Read out Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE O50 ANSTOEM Traditional Chinese Bighi O0al 21 00a6 7c 0093 63 O0aa 61 O0ads2d Ose 22 O0b2 32 00bS 33 00b9 31 00ba Gf If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule Accept large incoming Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router
135. The requested Web page lt br gt from 51Ps lt br gt to URL gt lt hbr that is categorized with CL lt br gt has heen blocked by RNA4ANMES Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt body Activate Click it to access into My Vigor for activating WCE service Setup Query Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected You need to specify a server for categorize searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile Dray Te k 123 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Setup Test Server Find more Set to Factory Default Cache It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected Click it to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable server Click this link to retrieve the factory settings None the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF precisely however the processing rate is normal Such item can provide the most accurate URL matching L1 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCE If the URL has been accessed previously it will be stored for a short time about 1 second in the router to be accessed quickly if required Such item can provide accurate URL matching with faster rate L2 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the data has been accessed previously t
136. WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Note You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously if WEP 802 1x Only WPA 802 1x Only WPA2 802 1x Only or Mixed WPA WPA2 802 1x only is selected WPA The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x32 1253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494 A4B4C4D Encryption Mode 64 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four Keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use D
137. X 6 ALL fae y T ALL fae K a ALL fae 7 9 ALL fae 7 10 ALL fae 7 Protocol Display the protocol used for this address mapping Public IP Display the public IP address selected for this entry e g 886 123 123 2 Private IP Display the private IP set for this address mapping e g 192 168 1 10 Mask Display the subnet mask selected fro this address mapping Status Display the status for the entry enable or disable Dray Te k 85 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt gt Address Mapping Index No 1 C Enable Protocol WAN Interface WAN IP Subnet Mask OK Enable Check to enable this entry Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or ALL for selection WAN Interface Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry WAN IP Select an IP address the selections provided here are set in IP Alias List of Network gt gt WAN interface Local host can use this IP to connect to Internet If you want to choose any on of the Public IP settings you must specify some IP addresses in the IP Alias List of the Static DHCP Configuration page first If you did not type in any IP address in the IP Alias List the Public IP setting will be empty in this field When you click Apply a message will appear to inform you Private IP Assign an IP address e g 192 168 1 10 or a subnet to be compared with the Public IP address f
138. a SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending Dray Te k 167 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below Proxy Proxy a com b com Alice Bob sip alicem draytel com sip bobmdraytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Please refer to the section 4 5 1 Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Please refer to the section 4 5 2 Vigor VoIP Baier Vigor VoIP Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerabl
139. a on iia a i Class g IM Remote Coritrol Di ese 1 Aion ther E Web Ho Oc Clase 7 rig eee di p P a D Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited bandwidth Ratio n ae O Ceithound TEP ACk Proantze Mote f achust Inbound b dsid tan ee na Vigor2820 aa E ioe Packet VoIP lt Stream a im High al Classifier U Queue Schedule era FF PP E Open Bandwidth Management gt gt APP QoS to display the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt APP QoS APP Qos Enable Disable C Use Default Setting Default YoIP gt Streaming gt IM Tunneling RemoteControl WebHD gt P2P4 Enable Application QoS Class LI VoIP o5 Class 1 High w m See a m d Tunneling o5 Class 1 High w C Remote Control Clos Class 1 High d Web HD 2o05 Class 1 High v CI P2P oS Class 1 High w Mote Please remember to adjust Inbound Outbound bandwidth of your network in Quailty of Service This will help QoS to work more efficient Click Enable to activate APP QoS function Click Disable to deactivate APP QoS function Enable Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 136 Dray Tek Use Default Setting The packets will be transmitted with the default settings That is VoIP packets will be the first to be sent out and P2P packets will be the last to be sent out Enable for Application There are four applications VoIP Streaming IM Tunneling Remote Control Web HD and P2P which can be specified with
140. acca gos Ins DOEJARYTcsVuccoydEbe cmF SadGVr Lith TCRnz n bGkqhkiGowOBAQEF AAO OAUGYECGYEAYAZELVTVEYtix OTS 25 20dw1lReltvlAnvVoum MFCOy9x zEEwiEG4 6 70GY1LSavdITduHAso2z40NUx02 G mMASVORt j PAbNOdynsopixRroFgk nkbMLdaghiooc ls YM smGh4N Pho4VNolvo AKiyAPipr 202 0WsCddxh F223 Ysdms60C AwELbaALANLOGCSgGS IHI DOEBBOUALIGE AGNESO 1 44sqgkwilhnsHIvdF LDOdweool 2Lizkhnt ovdhed jvalsCgiqzsJIocKabo nac BgEc lLWochKzESOdyDcbmt If R A1LO4 55euy fnxswkveP ons LOMIGNeyvosvrTYu S07 IJGBHHWESkKUbLRAZLSxvH DoMNEL6ceTlyhbedzssrdy 6 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Local Issuer lsUSiTCh Vvigar Subject femailAddress pressm draytek comic Tyvit Draytek eae eels ONS draytek com Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Dr ay Te k 283 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 4 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CAServerA CA Server B D User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI D User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it 1 Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list Z Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer o ex BRO RHEO HRD AREA IAM KAU Q AO Orm kran Qu O C ba B FIED B http 172 16 2 179 certsv
141. aded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only 192 168 1 1 Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market Dray Tek 209 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi F
142. al Password Sending 11 Now the firmware update is finished 4 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CAServerA CA Server B ED User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI Se GD User requests a certificate issued by CA Server Aand Saves it 1 Goto Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 280 Dr ay Te k 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name IP draytek com Subject Name Country C g State ST Location L Orginization 0 Draytek Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E press draytek com Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit Generate 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW ST HS O Draytek OU RD Requesting
143. als at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 11n wireless function of Vigor2820n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN VoIP features of Vigor2820 series Mobile Coffee shop TE ZD A internet VolP Web surfing E Mail f LO j Instant messaging etc l VPN ite 3 56 HSDPA USB Modem After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the second WAN port However the original Ethernet WAN still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WAN2 also can be used as backup device Therefore when WANI1 is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on Draytek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for Internet Access 3 1 3 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WANI and WAN2 in details This router supports dual WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the dual WAN to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide tel
144. ame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list is the more efficiently the Vigor router performs 121 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide E http 4 192 168_ 1 1 Group Object Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Object Group Edit Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with
145. aming Media LJ Travel Business _ Computing Internet Finance Job Search Career Select All C Politics C Real Estate Reference Clear All Remote Proxies Cl Search Engine Cl Web Mail Others C Education L Hosting Sites LlKid Sites Select All C News C Religion Cl Sex Education Clear All Usenet News L Uncategorised Sites Profile Name Type a name for such profile Black White List Enable Activate white black list function for such profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the group or object profile as the content of white black list Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Action Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Log Dray Tek None There is no log file will be recorded f
146. an specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section System Maintenance gt gt Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter Profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter Profile by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section System Maintenance gt gt Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Syslog For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here by checking the box The log will be displayed on Draytek Syslog window Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here eS hitp 192 168_ 1 l docfipfgenady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1253 Greek Window size 65535 i l Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter
147. and above for Vigor2200 Series routers Firewall IP Filter 09 failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware from my Mac machine constantly what should seer do ees 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely FAQ Printer Server 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 XP 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windows96 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 4P 2300 s print server CUS What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 06 What are the limitations in the USB Printer Port of Vigor Router 07 What ts the printing buffer size of Vigor Router 08 How do configure LPR printing on Mac OSX US How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port Dray Tek 21 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 22 Dray Tek Configuring Basic Settings For use the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator and how to adjust basic settings for accessing Internet succ
148. are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way h
149. ary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status 1 777 x 17 277 x 2 777 x 18 227 x 3 727 x 19 777 x 4 777 x 20 777 5 277 x 21 777 x 6 777 x 22 727 x i 777 x 23 777 x 8 727 x 24 777 x 9 Finir s 25 Farir sd 10 277 x 26 777 x 11 727 x 27 777 x 12 277 x 28 777 x 13 277 x 29 777 x 14 727 x 30 777 x E 277 x 31 777 x 16 227 S 32 727 x Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 152 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Username ere C Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s so 5 Enable Mobile One Time Passwords moOTP Allowed
150. ash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP Moes Mapes Macs Data will be encrypted and authentic IKE Authentication This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node Method LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Dray Te k 149 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES 3 9 4 IPSec Peer Ide
151. atecmebesseeos tue sagswwersdeoncbastdeueencdousdseaunewostesosaers 78 I HOS cece te cera E E EE E E E E a E E E E 81 PIS ODEN PO S esga ie AEE EE SOE EEUE EE TEIE EE E A EEE ERRE 83 TS OPEN FOUN aeea ee AEE OEA E EEA E TEE TE E A EARR 83 334Addiess Mapping esiseina e ER Eaa 85 3 3 5 PON TriQQ ring ccccccccsssccceeseeceeeeeceececceececseueeceaeeeseueeesaucessaeeeseaeeesaeeesegeeesaueessueeessaseeees 87 TA TN AU cect e E cee ees see ees eae dew NEEE E eras eee aes vee ciate A E A 88 9 4 WD ASICS for IPC Wealllotsaczcaessneasaseincotevneiicasehsncanencsaetatansuesasachanaravdsaetraisindeuawseipesdnteaptiantcaneans 88 342 General S SUD sesinin iaaa ana E Kan aa tancededeouborsentechantiacs 90 SA Fr OUD esien r E E EE E EEEE E EE 94 AADS DEII E aieeaa a E A Eaa E 102 S ODECE E n se adenen uo yconenscssddesesancesane saatussaaceomecoessontanate 105 ceo ft PODE Geeeeeee nee ene er nee S ene ee eee ee eee ee 105 CW ON e vcs ccedcia re ca is als te cic A sc as end cso eas ncigcig A 107 3 5 3 Service Type ODOC serorei N AE a NORN a ERE 108 3 5 4 Service TYPO Group ccccccccccsssssseceeeccceeesseeceeececeeeuuseeceeeesseeeauaeeeeeeesseeasseeeeeessesaaasess 110 LaS Keyword ODEO l aseesimee TEENE E EAE NDE E EEDEN EEEE 111 LoG Keyword GOUD sce etnies ctresenaciyaen eines var e TE E E A TE 112 Jo File Exen On OD C eaan EE E EO 113 O O N ee E EEE E E E 114 3 6 1 APP Enforcement Profile cccccceecccceeeccesceeceeeeceeseeceaeeeseaeeeseue
152. ault setting is Disable 2 IP Address Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 2 Subnet Mask An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 2 DHCP Server You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet E http 192 168 1 1 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer 2nd DHCP Server Start IP Address IP Pool Counts 0 Index max 10 Matched MAC Address given IP Address TE l l l Can Dee En cance Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Dray Tek RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration Dray Tek DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct
153. ause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1 TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off Dray Tek 187 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Phonel Tone Settings Region User Defined Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone Congestion tone Yolume Gain Mic Gaint 1 10 Speaker Gainf 1 10 MISC Caller ID Type FSk_ETSI w Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec oO 400 400 50 O0 400 75 35 l Hit lil ltt lit li DTMF DTMF Mode nBand i Payload TypetRFC2s33 Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 Ring Frequency 10 SOH2 Region Volume Gain Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone and congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone User Defined Region Ringi taly German
154. ays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status If you check Enable IGMP Proxy you will get the following page All the multicast groups will be listed and all the LAN ports P1 to P4 are available for use Dray Te k 145 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 8 6 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address tit it Result Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address MAC Address IP Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bin
155. bject Keyword Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Mame Index Name fee b j e e e e i e e e e i j j Bi j E S eee U a a TE BEREEREBeE ere reer 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with HEX Example Contents backdoo o7 virus keep 200ut Result 1 backdoor 2 virus 3 keep out Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings Dray Te k 111 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 5 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name Hat ji i e e e e e e e e e e u Be j fe e a a A a a l ee Ee REE rere ry rPePreeee Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click t
156. block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAR Interface WAMI First Service Provider dyndns org pwe dyndns org v Service Type Login Name max 64 characters Password max 23 characters OI Wildcards C Backup Mx Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password Wildcard and Backup Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WANI WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 as the first channel for such account If WANI WAN2 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 as the only channel for such account Select the service provider for the DDNS account Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Type in the password that you set for applying domain The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported fo
157. box to invoke these settings Local Address Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Remote Address Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule Edit It allows you to edit source address information 3 http 192_ 168_1_1l doc QosIpEdt htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type Subnet Address J Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask DiffServ CodePoint All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and Dray Tek will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with 133 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Service Type QoS control It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to o
158. cific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected for Specific Number barring Type Route All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism ISDN means ISDN call will be blocked with such mechanism Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 5 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous CO Enable Foute Phonei Phone Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Mote Block the incoming calls which do not hawe the caller ID For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain C Enable Foute Phonel Phones Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note If the domain of the incoming call is d
159. connection It will blink while transmitting data The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while deleting an attack The VPN tunnel is active The QoS function is active The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is disconnected with 10 100Mbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected with 1OMbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected with 1OMbps 5 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Wireines LAR OHOFFNPE iitigaj 2 3 4 LAN E WAHI uga oer Interface Description Wireless LAN Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button for 2 seconds to wait for client ON OFF WPS device making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices DSL Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 WAN 2 Connecter fo
160. ctivate via interface WAN 1 v Web Filter License Activate Status CT CF Start Date 2010 03 15 Expire Date 2010 04 15 Authentication Message Activated Wiz O7 26 20 Activated Wizard query license status Successful 2010 03 15 Mote If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Status Display the mechanism represented with code number e g CT CF adopted by such router Start Date Display the starting date of WCE license activated successfully Expire Date Display the ending date of WCF license activated successfully Activate Click this link to access into http myvigor draytek com for activating WCF function Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 248 Dray Tek 3 16 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics 3 16 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g ISDN PPPoE PPPoA etc is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 50 F 00 00 00 00 OE 46 24 05 41 08 00 45 00 00 30 89 C9 40 00 7F 06 8001 CO 480104 4136 EF 1406 44 O7 47 33 20 94 Di 00 00 00 fO O2 FF FF
161. d IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded Pes can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address ff Result Send command to client done Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 146 Dray Te k 3 9 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access WFH and Remote Access Note This feature can be applied for ISDN remote dial in or ISDN LAN to LAN connection in n series models 3 9 1 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote
162. d The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup PPP Authentication PAP only allows you to configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to negotiate the username and password with the ISP PAP or CHAP can configure the PPP session to use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the username and password with the ISP Idle Timeout Idle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 204 Dray Tek will always remain on Primary ISP Setup ISP Name Enter your ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by your ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP IP Address Assignment In most environments you should not change these settings as Method IPCP for most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it primary ISP setup connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Secondary ISP Setup ISP Name Enter the secondary ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by the ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password
163. d for MyVigor site for the display DrayTek Corp near future Dray Tek 289 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 2 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile 1 Agreement EGrerson al Information Draytek provides My Yvigor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the tems without any reasons tt is E Preferences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement z please stop using My igor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 3 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Account Information Gaareement UNan Mary Check Account 3 20 characters eooo Password a p el omm n 4 20 characters Do not set the sa
164. de NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable 1 A WAN 2 Enable d Enable Private IP Choose PC Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 192 166 1 66 4ux WAM IP Private IP Private IP Check to enable the DMZ Host function Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host 3 mins EOR 132 168 1170 Ie 1681 18 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 192 168 1 88 192 168 1 10 Choose PC WAN 2 Enable Private IP Fi 82 Dray Tek 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address S
165. difficulty logging in contact cur customer service Customer Service BBG 3 597 2727 oF email to Wwebmastenadraytek com 3 Click the link of Create an account now Create an account now 4 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 286 Dray Tek Create an account Please enter personal profile 1 Agreement Gerson al Information Draytek provides MyVigor my vigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyYigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the items without any reasons It is suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service E Preferences 33 d 5 7 ii after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement A please stop using My igor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service by Ld BIT Ove AL O68 66 18 Se ake Information here bre i be DS TAT A Beare Or Peer rr Weal Mi have read and understand the above Agreement Use the scroll barto view the entire agreement 5 T
166. do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your Add Printer T computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties S P Sea Windows will automatically install the printer for you Set Up Faxing S Printers and Faxes To continue click Next Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties ROR Cancel Close m 4 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server J use the Local printer option 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port O Use the following port LPT 1 Recommended Printer Port Create a new port Type of port Standard TCP IP Port Vigor2820 Series User
167. dress in the box of Fixed IP Address Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Static or Dynamic IP for WAN2 For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use static or dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the Internet select Static or Dynamic IP mode The following web page will appear WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP Enable Disable ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode Mone wt Keep WAN Connection C Enable PING to keep alive O inutets WAN Connection Detection PING to the IP PING Interval Mode ARP Detect TTL MTU Max 1500 RIP Protocol C Enable RIP PPTP WAN IP Network Settings _VAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name Domain Name o Required for some ISPs Specify an IP addres
168. e for data traffic Below shows the menu items under VoIP Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 168 Dray Te k 3 11 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring Regional PSTN Setup Secure Phone configuration Enable Secure Phone ZRTP SRTP Enable SAS Voice Prompt Enable Secure Phone It allows users to have encrypted RTP stream with the peer side using the same protocol ZRTP SRTP Check this box to have secure call Enable SAS Voice If it is enabled SAS prompt will be heard for both ends every Prompt time If it is disabled no SAS prompt will be heard any more Application for Secure Phone Enable SAS Voice Prompt for ex if vigor router A calls vigor router B with checking Enable Secure Phone and Enable SAS Voice Prompt then 1 After the connection established vigor router A will send SAS voice prompt to A and vigor router B will send the SAS voice prompt to B 2 Then the RTP traffic is secured until the call ends 3 If vigor router A wants to call vigor router B again next time both A and B will not hear any voice prompt again even checking Enable SAS Voice Prompt on web UI It means only the first call between them will have voice prompt Enable SAS Voice Prompt for ex if vigor
169. e 1 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from different service providers John s SIP URL 1234 draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 iptel org Dray Tek Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 iptel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name draytel Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unhecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name iptel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm iptel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value VolP gt gt TialPlan Setup E Engile Phare Humb HM Chri Nam mia iP Lh 7 1 Dial Qut Accou eau w Loop threugh a i Backup Pria Secure Pona ATP ar VoIP gt gt SIP Accounta BI Account inden No i Probie Harve draylal 1 11 char max Fay a itt Aube t I 5060 I draytal 65 ch drayte 63 ch oO bourd prony fa Er dach L ame 123 C aut iD h wo E D pry Tins 1 Bigr HAT Traversal Sup Ku
170. e 128kbps two B channels Low Water Mark and Low Water Time These parameters specify the situation in which the second channel will be dropped In terms of the two B channels if their utilization is under the Low Water Mark and these two channels are being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be dropped As a result the total link speed will be 64kbps one B channel Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 208 Dr ay Te k 3 13 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 3 13 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also lo
171. e click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode Mone None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection This setting is available for s model only 56 Dray Tek MTU PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Network Settings Dray Tek Mean maximum transmission unit of one packet The default value is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click
172. e is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments system Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Enable Syslog Save to V Syslog Server Cusp Disk Router Name Server IP Address Destination Port 514 Enable syslog message Firewall Log YPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAR Log Router DSL information SysLog Access Setup Router Name Server IP Address Destination Port Enable syslog message Mail Alert Setup Send a test e mail SMTP Server Mail To Return Path Authentication User Name Password Dray Tek Mail Alert Setup Menable Send a test e mail SMTP Server Mail To Return Path O Authentication User Name Password Enable E Mail Alert DoS Attack IM P2P Enable Check Enable to activate function of syslog Syslog Save to Check Syslog Server to save the log to Syslog server Display the name for such router configured in System Maintenance gt gt Management If there is no name here simply lick the link to access into System Maintenance gt gt Management to set the router name The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Check Enable to activate function of mail alert
173. e public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network Dray Te k 77 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set
174. e that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule
175. e the MAC address of the network card which will be controlled Type the start IP address for Single Address type 106 Dray Tek End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Name L RD Department i Finanical Dept ais HR Department 4 3 5 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name ee ea e e inc ne US Ls S CC j PEEP RPE BYE a a eee ee Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Dray Te k 107 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Name Administration Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects 1 RD Department 2 Finanical Dept 3 HR Department Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above wil
176. e this setting Match Prefix The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number Mode None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 172 Dray Te k deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with SS6 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of O31111111 will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to SIP server Mode Mone Add Strip tepl OP Number The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Min Len Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Max Len Set the
177. e will be shown in the Multi PVC channel drop down list on the web page of Internet Access Though you can enable eight channels in this page yet only one channel can be chosen on the web page of Internet Access Type in the value provided by your ISP Type in the value provided by your ISP Select a proper QoS type for the channel Select a proper protocol for this channel Protocol PPPoE 59 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Encapsulation Priority Choose a proper type for this channel The types will be different according to the protocol setting that you choose Encapsulation 1403 Route IP LLC v Encapsulation 1453 Bridged IP LLC YE MIJ o 1463 Route IP LLE 1453 Bridged IP VC Mux 1453 Routed IP VC Mux lPoA 1403 Bridged IP IPoE Wo MILS LLGSMAF To add the packet priority number for such PVC The range is from 0 to 7 WAN link for Channel 3 4 5 are provided for router borne application such as TR069 and VoIP The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP For your special request please contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 3 4 or 5 to configure your router WAN gt gt Multi PVCs gt gt PVC Channel 3 WAN for Router borne Application Enable Disable DSL Modem Settings VPI O05 Type UBR VEI J PPPoEZ PPPoA Client ISP Access Setup ISP Name Username Password PPP Authentication M Always Gn Idle Timeout IP 4ddress From ISP Protocol PP
178. each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation Dray Te k 155 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile LI Always on Idle Timeout second s VPN Dial Out Through L Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP fo Multicast via VPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Link Type IPSec Tunnel on PPP Authentication PAP CHAP L2TP with IPSec Policy VJ Compression on off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP L Require Remote to Callback C Provide ISDN Number to Remote Profile Name Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Enable this profile Check here to activa
179. eat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal lability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 114 Dray Te k Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter
180. ecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WAN1 and WAN2 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 and WAN respectively Note In default WAN1 and WAN2 are enabled Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 40 Dr ay Te k WAN gt gt General Setup General Setup WAMI WARS Enable Enable Display Name Po Display Name Po Physical Mode ADSL Physical Type Load Balance Mode Auto Weight k Load Balance Mode Auto Weight kr Line Speedikbpsi Downlink bo Line Speed Kbps DownLink boo uplink J uplink J Active Mode Always On wv Active Mode Always On s Active on demand WARS Fail Active on demand WANT Fail WAN2 Upload speed exceed os kbps WAN Upload speed exceed o kbps WAN2 Download speed exceed Oo kbps WANI Download speed exceed Oo kbps Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Dray Tek Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for the WAN1 WAN2 interface For WANI1 the physical connection is done through ADSL port yet the physical connection for WAN2 is done through an Ethernet port P1 or USB port You cannot change it Physical Mode Ethernet Ethernet 315 USB Modern To use 3G
181. ecorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action a55 Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each fr
182. ection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Dray Te k 153 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Specify Remote Node Multicast via VPN User Name Password Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Check the checkbox You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Netbios Naming Packet Pass Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router T
183. ed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section 3 11 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting ISDN SO port can pick up multiple incoming calls simultaneously Therefore different phone sets MSN30 to MSN39 can use different SIP accounts to call out through this port Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function It determines the default direction for the call route of the router To ISDN for VoIP The router is set by using ISDN call To change ISDN call into VoIP call please dial the character in this field for transferring The character that you can type can be and O 9 To VoIP for ISDN The router is set by using VoIP call To change VoIP call into ISDN call please dial the character i
184. ed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured For the model of Vigor 2820Vn the selection should be as the following Loop through Backup Phone Number When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN number ISDN number for this VoIP 171 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide phone setting Secure Phone ZRTP is a cryptographic key agreement protocol to encrypt VoIP phone calls to e
185. eeeeeceeeseeeceeeseeeeseeeeeeeesssseaaeeeeeeeesssaaaeseeeess 163 3 10 Certificate MAnageMent cccccceccceeeccseesseeeceeeeeeeeseeeceeeesseeeaeeseeeeeeessueaseeeeeeessuaageeseeeees 164 oO OC AIMS INCAS rasanne EE E E a 164 2102 Tusted CAC GIG ee roren nE Ea E N ns 166 210o Geria e CUD oeenn n a E EE 167 NO a E E E A 167 Ale D IFT aaae EE A O EEE EEEE EE EA EE 169 311 2 SIP ACCOUNIS cessere ennes are EE EENE EEEE EEES 179 3 11 3 Phone SettiNGS 2 0 eee cccccccccceesseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeesseeesseeeeeesessueaseeeseessaaageeeees 183 Boe Te Ngee UUW Sa weirs ee A E A sacs E A E Jose E E E E AA E E E 198 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide viii Dr ay Te k Od ON ee rsa cores E ear earaaioarceieg aang E E 199 6 ig a IE BIC GONE o ene A eee ee ee 199 J122 Genedl Seling ne 200 3 123 Dialing 10 Simngle Dual ISPS nares a a a a aE aa 203 Oe iC NCO MU OU MN E E E E E E E P A 207 SANES CAN ee a E T E 209 3 131 BASIC COMO DIS sessirnar TEA EAE 209 SAAE al MD E A E E E E A E E E 211 SHAS Ea T E E E A EN A E E E E A E 214 a ORC Actes CONTO lensen E EA nn eee eee 216 a Ceo e E E ee eee ere 217 O ND e E a seseccteecnescunneaasesasaecoagaeet 219 ala Advanced SeN aeae E E E N 222 2139 WMM SONIC AMO Messeiisincsinniasnsi a a 223 Or Oi AP DISCOV CLY aer a N E aac 225 SA AOE OT ES a E E E N 226 214 USBAPPICAUON ease seta denies gence TEE EE testeteecioeeodseseus 227 3 14 1 USB General SettingS ccecccccceceeeeeseseeeeeeeese
186. eeeeeeeeeeesssaeeaseeeeeesssaeaseeeeeeeessaeaasees 227 3 14 2 USB User Manageme n cccccccccccssssesecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaseeeeeeessseeaaeeeeeseessaaaaeeeeess 228 3 14 39 PIG EX DIOl O siicnseunsnes resis bernecitenanievcssanentivwne end NAE REEERE E E aS Easa 231 3144 USB DISK SIUS essens EEE EE ANENE E EE EEEa 232 2 14 53 Syslog EX GION Cl ersinnen EEEE SEEE EAEE EE SEENE 233 3 15 System Mantena Esasen nin a E Ea e e eiaa 235 WON OV Eo u ee a E E E E E 235 Oe Fee ALPS MCL YOO DED sercan guduaessonsbectucadaneneonaieotecsaiee aa DE 236 ISS ER OO acter E A E E E 237 3194 Administ ator FASS WONG a canciesecasiortncidansncecuulieeavanaicsouaadiassunieransusmidrendarenienniesinanalarseed 238 J OSD OO MMO FAO NN BACKUP cepen iaa a E E Ea 239 3 15 6 Syslog Mail AlE cece accnatesctsacuqaneczaacauasnst annia aA a S e REE Aaaa 241 ao me PIDA eea a E dauehinwaads 243 555s Manage NE aea 244 tes RE DOO VSO eein EEE E E EEA E S 245 3 15 10 Firmware Upgrade viciaccctasemasaccacenerdvees geactenunactanaddontiactdiswnabsasicdehaideisecdkstadoestdeaeseanctals 246 Be ee T FAC IV UII keee E E E E OE 247 IE DAO IE oen ee E E E E S 249 SAED AIROU G O e Sareea eles E Pav ctomD nee RR ASNE ES 249 oA ROUINO TapE eee ne eee enn eee ener ee eee 250 Oe OSS ARE WAG WANG ca aranceetestasanciniea E E E 250 ODIO FONG rc sa cece ce cssetas ssecrecuaiset E E a cuaooeeeeaes 251 3 16 5 NAT Sessions Table aga ceneseagecnnecdes teascacacevcdaossgssecaudusatsnedesuasans at
187. eeeeseeesneeeeseennseeneaseeneaseeneass 311 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide x Dr ay Tek a Preface Vigor2820 series is an ADSL and broadband router with WAN interface It provides policy based load balance fail over and BOD Bandwidth on Demand also it integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DS the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 32 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Vigor2820 S series models support two ISDN ports Phone SO port is dedicated for ISDN phone and ISDN Phone SO port is configurable for ISDN line and phone if required It can support multiple SIP registrars with high flexible configuration and call handling options Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition through VoIP function the communication fee for you and remote people can be reduced 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main but
188. een AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code On the side of Vigor 2820 series which served as an AP press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button for 2 seconds to wait for client device making network connection through WPS or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card PBC WEB Interface of WLAN Card Wireless LAN N M ON OFF WPS Dray Te K 217 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card gt M ee PIN Code of Station For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer A WPS only supports in WASP AS PRE Mode Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Enable WPS 2 Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SSID DrayTek Authentication Mode Disable Device Configure Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode Note WPS can help your wireless client automatically c
189. efault gateway Main Router Internet Set Router Static Route 192 1 Goto LAN page and click General Setup select Ist Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on 1st Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the 1st subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Destination IP Address 192 166 10 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 166 1 2 Network Interface LAM Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 72 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 2 Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 88 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 942 165 1 3 Network Interface LAN Go to D
190. efore Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client After entering the client s MAC address check the box of the SSIDs desired to insert this MAC address into their access control list s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add a new MAC address into the list Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit the selected MAC address in the list Give up the access control set up Click it to save the access control list 216 Dray Tek Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 3 13 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connection viaWPS si i Station set SSID and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 lt u gt PIN Code Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press the WPS button on AP and selects that AP on the utility of wireless station Then WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS betw
191. egation MSDU Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable 3 13 8 WMM Configuration WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC_BE AC_BK AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Such function is designed for mobile and cordless phones that support VoIP mostly Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WM Configuration Setto Factory Default WMM Capable Enable Disable APSD Capable Enable Disable Whi Parameters of Access Point Aifsn CWhlin CWhlax Txop ACH 4ckPolicy Ac 06 e Jj o o AC_BK o 0 O AC_vI O m AC_VO O 0 WhIM Parameters of Station Aifsn CWhlin CWhlax Txop ACH Ac BE c o acak oO ac vi z ac vo A WMM Capable To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button APSD Capable The default setting is Disable Aifsn It controls how long the client waits for each data
192. elected here Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Always On option is note selected IP Address from ISP Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address Obtain an IP address Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically auromaney Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type in the private IP address Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type in gateway IP address DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router If necessary type in Address secondary IP address for necessity in the future Dray Te k 61 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide
193. eless LAN It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi Display the SSID of the router 3 15 2 HTTPS Encryption Setup This page allows you to choose different level of encryption algorithm for HTTPS connection for the sake of security Please click any one of the key algorithms and click OK system Maintenance gt gt HTTPS Encryption Setup Encryption Key Algorithm O High 4ES 128 bits and 3DES Default RC4 128 bits Low DES Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 236 Dray Tek 3 15 3 TR 069 This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS system Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server CPE Client Enable Disable Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time second s STUN Settings Disable Enable Server Address po server Port Bare Minimum Keep Alive Period eo second s Maximum Keep Alive Period fo second s ACS Server On Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server ACS Server On PY w ACS Server URL Username Passw
194. ement gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 42509 Local Certificate Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 164 Dray Tek Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address v IP Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization 0 Orginization Unit COU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Generate Type in all the information that the window request Then click Generate again Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request After clicking Generate the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate x509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW ST HS O Draytek OUSRD Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MITBnTCCAOYC ADAWETELNMARGAIUERRNCVFeoxC ead bgnhVRaAgTakhTMRawbgYDVook EwdEcmF SdGVr MgaucCorypVvVooLEWISRDELNC AGC a gos Ins DOETaARYTcaVucGooydEbre cmF SdGVreLilwhTChnz anbgqkqankiGswObac
195. er ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 8 Dr ay Tek 1 2 4 For Vigor2820Vn Wirelaes LAR 0 OMIOFFANPE ACT WLAN Line G o USB DSL Phone Factory Raer Che WAN Phong LED ACT Activity Status Off USB O 5 Ss 5 5 5 Blinking CSM WLAN Blinking DSL Blinking Left LED Green WAN 2 Off Blinking Right LED On Green Off Line 5 S h Phone 1 2 Drey Tek Phonet2 Line VIGOR2820Vn 408L2 SECURITY FIREWALL i 4LAH VAN 1iigal Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off A USB device is connected and active The data is transmitting The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile is established under CSM menu Wireless access point is ready It will blink while wireless traffic goes through The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Slowly The DSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is tranning The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected with 1OMbps A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is disconnected the LED will be off about six seconds later There is no PSTN phone call The phone connected to this port is off hook The phone connected
196. er Name Create New Home Folder Folder Name test Create Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ j and space Only 11 characters are allowed It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB disk must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Before you click OK you have to insert a USB disk into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 230 Dray Tek 3 14 3 File Explorer File Explorer offers an easy way for users to view and manage the content of USB storage disk connected on Vigor router USB Application gt gt File Explorer File Explorer Go Current Path Delete Rename Air supply lost in I 4 572 KB Crystal Flower mp3 2 775 KB ia 119 bmp 955 KB 4 Upload File Select a file E ra Upload Mote The folder can not be deleted when itis not empty Click this icon to refresh files list Refresh Click this icon to return to the upper directory Back Click this icon to add a new folder Create Current Path Display current folder Upload Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB storage disk The uploaded file in the USB storage disk can be shared f
197. er sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack
198. ered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Enable or disable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets 94 Dray Tek To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Block MetBias I Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup Direction Source IF Any Destination IP Ay Service Type Fragments Dont Care k Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Block Immediately v d Branch to Other Filter Set Sessions Control Oo hiso Mac Bind IP Quality of Service Load Balance policy APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Edit Check to enable the Check this box to enable the filter rule Filter Rule Comments Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Index 1 15 Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this fie
199. eseueessaesessaseeseneeesaaees 115 3 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile xciccasaisinnatsanensnsianirninndeaeeanitiuitgluetinaiaeannieainneutaniotabigatinswadiaeeantadis 119 3 6 3 Web Content Filter POT sssini innse 123 3 7 Bandwidth Management visssscromesencatssavencucuavoisi maawsuiauesaaauanionsipmetaicsmnpedl a metecesinoncimerans 126 Oe TeV DOSS ON Se a EE A A EE E E A E E E 126 ee OWI E aa E E A sa easesestaecaace 128 lt a der O O N e a a E 129 AARP OO ae here case a A ose cases see reece cence meee een ede 136 Do OIG AON aere iuninwan tonatnnctondnsnbgnannandinsundaies 138 3 8 1 Dynamic DNS sesccscieiscsscedenessctacedassenenesesbancietoadecsssebnssdasaedensencbesstes iceassdeteeseeessebarsictoodessst 138 SA aE e E e E T A E A E A E E E 140 IDORADA E E E E A 142 SRT AW TA nE E A EEE AE AE EE E E T 143 NG a E A E aeedadgtenioseeeeeueesecenustats 145 TOO icc 200195 aore A E E E ee ee ee ee 146 3 9 VPN and Remote ACCESS ccccccccsesececeeececceseecceeeeecseuseeessueeecesseeeseaseesssageeessaneeessageeesas 147 39 1 Remote Access COMMON asarimni aE a p e e Eaa aa 147 292 PPP 8121 2 SEUD a ee a a ee A E 148 393 IPSEC General SGUD suspisie aE a a Na a a a niai 149 3 94 IPSec Peer Identity sensro E A aR aiaia 150 3 9 5 Remote Dialin USGI sirindintcansetscanasmainnadesitvadaianhedaclaniacaiasmnnuatdneitacecpaluinbibanduieselninnisemstimades 152 IN OLAN en E E a E A E 155 3 9 7 CONNECTION MANAGEMENL ccececccceccceeeseeece
200. ess of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host 834 Dray Tek 3 3 4 Address Mapping This page is used to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias If you have a group of IP Addresses and want to apply to the router please use WAN IP alias function to record these IPs first Then use address mapping function to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias For example you have IP addresses ranging from 86 123 123 1 86 123 123 8 However your router uses 86 123 123 1 and the rest of the IPs are recorded in WAN IP alias You want that private IP 192 168 1 10 can use 86 123 123 2 as source IP when it sends packet out to Internet You can use address mapping function to achieve this demand Simply type 192 168 1 10 as the Private IP and type 86 123 123 2 as the WAN IP NAT gt gt Address Mapping Address Mapping Setup Setto Factory Default Index Protocol Public IP Private IP Mask Status E ALL fae 7 2 ALL fae K 3 ALL fae X 4 ALL f32 j 5 ALL ce
201. ess profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 3 8 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Server IP Address TT Destination Port Enable Server IP Address Destination Port Shared Secret Confirm Shared Secret Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Check to enable RADIUS client feature Enter the IP address of RADIUS server The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation 142 Dray Tek 3 8 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol
202. ess to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 66 Dr ay Te k Internet Public IP Address cz 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP a What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet with
203. essfully Be aware that only the administrator can change the router configuration 2 1 Changing Password To change the password for this device you have to access into the web browse with default password first 1 Make sure your computer connects to the router correctly g Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of this guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Please type admin admin as the username and the password Next click OK for next screen Username Password Dray Tek 23 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 Now the Main Screen will pop up VIGOR 28 20 SERIES ADSL2Z 2 SECURHY FIREWALL Quick Start Wizard A Service Activation Wizard Model Name Vigor2820Vn Online Status Firmware Version 3 3 5 2 O Build Date Time Jan 20 2011 13 21 08 trae ADSL Firmware Version 211011_A Hardware Annex A NAT TANS AN Firewall E Objects Setting MAC Address 00 50 7F 68 F7 D8 Link Status Disconnected CSM ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 68 F7 D9 Bandwidth Management ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection Applications DHCP Server Yes IP Address
204. ets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 15000 which means the maximum session for this model is 15000 Strict Make the MAC address and IP address settings configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP be bound for applying such filter rule 97 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide No Strict no limitation Quali
205. evice for 3G USB Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 4 Dray Tek 1 2 2 For Vigor2820n Wirda LAR c OaVOF FRAPS ACT WLAN God USE O8L WH Fachery Roret CEH WHA Op LED ACT Activity Status Blinking S h USB Blinking CSM WLAN Blinking DSL Blinking WAN2 Blinking DoS Blinking VPN QoS LED on Connector Left LED Green gt JB 5 LAN 1 Giga O Blinking Right LED On Green Off Left LED Green Q 5 LAN 2 314 O Blinking Right LED On Green Off Left LED Green 5 WAN 2 O Blinking Right LED On Green Off Dray Tek Drey Tek VIGOR2820n 40 SL2 SECURITY FIRE W SLL ial ee eG ai A eal i J DEL USE j LAH VHZ 1iSga Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off A USB device is connected and active The data is transmitting The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile is established under CSM menu Wireless access point is ready It will blink while wireless traffic goes through The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Slowly The DSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is training The router is ready to access Internet through WAN
206. eway IP Address fF ISP Access Setup Username Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup tL bE tL ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode Password PPTP L2TP PPP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP 1 second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias Idle Timeout Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask Click Enable PPTP Enable L2TP for activating the mode If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that MTU Max 1460 Enable PPTP Enable L2TP Disable Server Address Specify Gateway IP Address ISP Access Setup ISDN Dial Backup Setup Vigor2820 Series User s Guide you adjusted in this page will be invalid Specify the IP address of the PPTP server Specify the Gateway IP address of the PPTP server Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Pleas
207. function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Busy or No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response or when the local system is busy they will be forwarded to the specified SIP URL by the time out No Answer Busy or No Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 186 Dray Te k DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Default SIP Account Default Call Route Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section 3 11 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display pa
208. ght be damaged ISDN Phone SO Phone Connecter for PSTN phone Line Connector for PSTN life line LAN 1 4 DSL WAN 2 USB PWR ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 12 Dray Tek 1 2 6 For Vigor2820VSn Wireless LAN B b b ORNOFRWPS ACT WLAN Limo ra m ma a a w os 5 O O gt USB DSL Phone Factory C b b R api 50 Phoma Line 2 3 DSL CSM WANZ do3 Phene SI ISON Phone Timiga 4 LAN WAMI USE LED Status Explanation ACT Activity Blinking The router is powered on and running normally Off The router is powered off USB A USB device is connected and active The data is transmitting CSM The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile is established under CSM menu WLAN Wireless access point is ready It will blink while wireless traffic goes through DSL The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Blinking Slowly The DSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is training WAN 2 The WANI or WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data Line A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is disconnected the LED will be off about six seconds later Off There is no PSTN phone call Phone The phone connected to this port is off hook Off The phone connected to this port is on hook Blinking A phone call comes Qos On The QoS function is acti
209. h ISDN SO intern in Germany The Phone SO port is fixed to connect phone forever and the LED on the connecter will light orange always However ISDN Phone S0 port on this device is configurable for connecting phone or accessing Internet according to the settings that you adjust on WEB UI please refer to VoIP gt gt Phone Setting for detailed information Warning When the orange LED lights means ISDN NT mode the ISDN port can be used to connect phone only Wrong ISDN connection might cause severe damage on your device Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 2 Dr ay Tek 1 2 1 For Vigor2820 i 0 ACT WEF Gos E use GSL VFR Factory E B E Reset CSM Way Gos LED ACT Activity USB DSL WAN2 On DoS VPN Qos LED on Connector Left LED LAN Green nen Right LED Green Left LED LAN Green 2 3 4 Right LED Green Left LED WAN 2 Green Right LED Green Off Dray Tek bray Tek Status VIGOR2820 ADELE BECURITY FIREWALL ay l re a ia a oa q Tih z a I aLan OSL yeaa use Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off A USB device is connected and active The data is transmitting The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile is established under CSM menu The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup and
210. have been entered Enable Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Mode Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Service Name Enter the description of the specific network service Protocol Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP WAN IP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Public Port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be Dray Te k ie Vigor2820 Series User s Guide assigned automatically later Private IP Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Private
211. he CSM profile It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First 120 Dray Tek Log URL Access Control Dray Tek None There is no log file will be r
212. he Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minute s 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP cog a first subnet to remote network you have to T Remote Network IP 192 166 2 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 lore Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 k Settings in Router B in the remote office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 260 Dr ay Tek 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP PAP of CHAP v When DHCP Disable set Authentication Assigned IP range 192 166 2 200 Dial In PPP Encryption a O MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No OK For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup Y
213. he IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized for a short time about 1 second in the router When the user tries to access the same destination ID the router will check it by comparing the record stored If it matches the page will be retrieved quickly Such item can provide URL matching with the fastest rate L1 L2 Cache the router will check the URL with fast processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2 Eight profiles are provided here as Web content filters Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page The items listed in Categories will be changed according to the different service providers If you have and activate another web content filter license the items will be changed simultaneously All of the configuration made for web content filter will be deleted automatically Therefore please backup your data before you change the web content filter license Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 124 Dray Tek CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Black White List Cl Enable Action Group Object Selections Action Groups Categories Child Protection Chat Criminal Drugs Alcohol Gambling Hacking Hate Speech Sex Violence Weapons Leisure _ Advertisements Entertainment L Food Select All Cl Games C Glamour C Health C Hobbies Lifestyle _ Motor Vehicles L Personals L Photo Searches L Shopping L Sports L Stre
214. he items categorized under Protocol CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Po If P2P Protocol Misc select All Clear All Protocol Dons LIFTP CIHTTP CIMAP CIRE LINNTP LI Pors C SMB CI SMTFP CI SNMP C1S5H OSSL TLS CI TELNET CO MSSQL CIMySQL Joracle PostgreSQL L Sybase LJop2 LJ Informix Dray Tek 117 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide The items categorized under Misc CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name If P2P Protocol Misc Select All Clear All Tunneling C Sacks4 5 CIPGPNet CIHTTP Proxy Cl Tor CIYNN SoftEther JMS TEREDO O Wujie UltraSurf Hamachi LJHTTP Tunnel LJ Ping Tunnel Ol Tiny YPN Cl RealTunnel O DynaPass Cl u ltra PN C Freel Cl Skyfire Streaming LI Mims LIRTSP CITY Ants Cl PFStream LIPPTY LJ Feidian LJuuSee LINSPlayer LJpcast LIT kKoo L Sopcast J UDLivexs LI T UPlayer LI MySee L joost Flash ideo SilverLight l Slingbox LJovoo J oGLive Remote Control LI Vac LJ Radmin O Spyanywhere O ShowmM ypc LJ LogMeIn Team iewer L Gogrok RemotecontralPro l CrossLoop WindowsRDP LJocAnywhere LJ Timbuktu LI WindowsLiveSync LJ SharedView Web HD CIHTTP Upload COHiNet Safebox IMS SkyDrive Cl GDoc Uploader Cl ADrive LImMyOtherDrive O Mozy BosNet Cl officeLive L Readdle Storage LJ Dropbox Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 118 Dr ay Te k 3 6 2 URL Content Filter Prof
215. he number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keyword 1 2 keyword 2 Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box Selected Keyword Objects Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 112 Dray Te k box 3 5 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of default is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Profile Name Profile Name 1 ay G Ei f 8 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name Po Categories File Extensions Image Gelect AIl Cl brmp C dib C gif C jpeg Ojog Papag Piipa Clear Al Opet O pex
216. his field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Check this box to make the authentication with mOTP function PIN Code Type the code for authentication e g 1234 Secret Use the 32 digit secret number generated by mOTP in the mobile phone e g e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6 This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it 154 Dray Tek High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and
217. hoose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility Configuration Status General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on top Frequency 802 11b ghn 24GH v C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel 1 C Group Roaming ee Power Save Mode Disable Tx Burst Disable WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps Dray Te k 213 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 13 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings SSID 1 SSID SSID 3 SSID 4 Mode WPAIPSK ka Set up RADIUS
218. hown Dray Tek Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 27 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 2 2 2 1483 Bridged IP Click 1483 Bridged IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAR 1 Protocol Encapsulation 14563 Bridged IP LLC ka Fixed IP Oves WNof Dynamic IF IF Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS 165 95 1 1 lil Second ONS Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WEAK L Physical Mode ADSL Physical Type Auto negotiation PI 0 YEI 33 Protocol Encapsulation 1483 Bridge LLC Fixed IP No Primary DNS 168 95 1 1 Secondary ONS Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 28 Dr ay Te k 2 2 3 1483 Routed IP Click 1483 Routed IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAR 1 WPI ZI Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Second ONS Auto detect AL 1463 Routed IP VC Mux IPoA Oves NofDynamic IP 168 95 1 1 alli After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard
219. i Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station
220. iagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey C connected 5S static R RIF default private See 192 168 10 07 255 255 255 0 wia 192 168 1 2 LAM D 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN See 211 100 88 0 255 255 255 0 via 192 168 1 3 LAM 73 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable SSID1 SSID SSID3 SSID4 VLANO VLANI VLAN2 VLANS VLAN4 VLANS VLANG VLAN a es OO Ss D b n bn b n bif DBE B E B E Rif Bee pe ee o To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 ike VIGOR2820 aDSL SEGUISIIY I IREWALL a ZORG 205 203 je HO SOO f 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 74 Dray Te k LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration Enable SSID1 SSID2 SSID3 SSID4 VLANO VWLANI VLAN VLANS VLAN4 VLANS
221. ias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 46 Dr ay Te k E http f 197 168 1 1 WAN IF Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer aa WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAR IP Join NAT IP Pool W Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Applications Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dray Te k 47 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide MPoA for WAN1 MPOA is a specification that enables ATM services to be integrated with existing LANs which use either Ethernet token ring or TCP IP protocols The goal of MPOA is to allow different LANs to send packets to each other via an ATM backbone To use MPoA as the accessing protocol of the Internet select MPoA mode The following web
222. icon The setup wizard will appear Sp Setup DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup Ga ersvaz0 is DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Ts DrayTek com N Cancel 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the Dray Tek installation From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Uperade Utility 3 5 1 Time Gukt Sec Router IP Bo A Pork Firmware File Password Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time Gukt Sec t Router IP 192 1681 m Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie Password 279 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 10 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time OutiSec j Router IP Fort Firmware File CABocuments and Settings Carrie
223. if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 J 2 G Sh i 4 amp Administration Message Max 255 characters lt hody gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Dray Te k 119 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Log 1 URL 4ccess Control JEnable URL Access Control Action Web Feature Mone Prevent web access from IP address Group Object Selections o J Enable Restrict web Feature Action Cookie Profile Name Priority Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Cl Proxy File Extension Profile Type a name for t
224. ifferent from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked Dray Te k 175 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address C Enable Route Phonel Phone Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing 2 9g 4192 168 1 14 5 should be blocked Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router is placed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Call Forward All Act Call Forward Busy Act Do Not Disturb Act Hide caller ID Act Call Waiting Act Block Anonymous Act Block Unknow Domain Act Block IP Calls Act Block Last Calls Act Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Last Call Return Out Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Setto Factory Default 12 Last Call Return Out 14 T2 number Call Forward Deact T3 90 lenumber Call Forward No Ans Act 92 number To Do Not Disturb Deact T9 6T Hide caller ID Deact
225. ify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 2 10 17 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 7508 175019 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 70 Dr ay Te k 3 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address ile 777 6 777 2 TT T TT 3 TPY 7 a TPY 4 PF T 9 PF J TTY T 10 TTY Status v
226. ile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system For example
227. ill be hidden with after you press the OK button Make sure the system time on Draytek router is correct Inform the end user of the Username and PIN code Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 294 Dray Te k Below steps are for end user to dial the VPN connection Each time you start a new VPN connection you must perform the following steps to generate a valid password 1 Open mOTP Enter the PIN code In this example it is 1111 Then press Generate Password 1 r e eae a Mobile One Time Passwords Generate Password 2 Note Each time you enter the PIN code you will get a different password 2 Here the password is 3dcecd oo wr ts E Mobile One Time Passwords Generate Password Your One Time Password Pre Na Dray Tek 295 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 Enter the password on your VPN client and start the connection as soon as possible The password is valid only for 1 minute Dial To YEN Profile Name to vigor Auto re dial after disconnect Auto run when system start up VPM Server IP HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 72 17 1 142 Password Input 3dcecd Type of VFN PPTP t LITP IPSec Tunnel LZTP over IPSec 5L VPN Tunnel L PPTP Encrypton t No encryption i Require encryption T Authentication method iF Y T Use default gateway on remote network Wo
228. in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 210 Dray Te k 3 13 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAM Mode Mixedii1b 11g lin Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied to the WLAN all other actions are ignored Enable Hide SSID SSID Isolate Member Isolate VPN 5 5 5 gt D D 3 D E o O Cd Isolate Member Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other Isolate PN isolate wireless with remote dial in and LAN to LAN YPN Channel Channel6 2437MHz Long Preamble C Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b devices only lower performance Packet OVERDRI VE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance Pate Control Enable Upload Download SSID 1 o 20000 kbps 20000 kbps SSID 2 Oo ooo kbps 20000 keps SSID 3 O ooo kbps ooo kbps SSID 4 o ooo kbps ooo kbps Note range 100 50 000 kbps Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At presen
229. ing Auto is recommended Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy 181 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Prefer Codec Vigor2820 Series User s Guide The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet by other device you
230. ing TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic Limited_bandwidth Ratio The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default LDP 3 Index Status Bandwidth Direction Class Class Claes Others Bandwidth Online 1 2 xa Statistics Control WAHT Enable Kbps Kbps Qutbound 25 25 2595 2596 Inactive Status Setup WAN2 Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 132 Dray Te k Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name DiffServ MO Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 1 Empty F For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT DiffServ CodePoint AMY ka Service Type AMY ka Note Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Check this
231. ings Port Name IP_ 192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol O Raw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings Queue Name CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled put _ The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 20 Dray Te k Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www draytek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link About DrayTek Products Support Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Basic FAQ 01 What are the differences among these firmware file formats Basic 02 How could get the telnet command for routers Advanced 03 How can backup restore my configuration settings VPN 04 How do reset clear the router s password DHCP 05 How to bring back my router to its default value RUNS ERE sol pan ne i ee POR OR a ne Ae VoIP 06 How do tell the type of my Vigor Router is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only QoS 07 Ways for firmware upgrade ISDN 08 Why is SNMP removed in firmware 2 3 6
232. ings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 98 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Advance Setting codepage ANSI 12572 Latin v Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute d DrayTek Banner Strict Security Checking L 4PP Enforcement Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCH after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will
233. involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will 103 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide block any packets realizing this attacking activity Block ICMP Fragment Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Block Unknown Protocol Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets Warning Messages We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Server IP Address 192 168 1 115 SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Enable syslog message Return Path Firewall Log O A
234. is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP UPnP Enable UPnP Service C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually
235. jack POTS Power Adapter Cable DSL Modem or Media Converter Power Switch LAN D p ay Te k 15 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Caution Each of the Phone ports can be connected to an analog phone only Do not connect the phone ports to the telephone wall jack Such connection might damage your router 1 4 ISDN Phone Adapter Installation Such information is provided for Vigor2820 S models e g Vigor2820VS Phone SO is always fixed to connect ISDN phone However ISDN Phone SO is configurable as NT or TE mode When the user configures ISDN Phone SO as NT mode in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings the orange LED will light on to indicate ISDN NT is selected And by using ISDN phone adapters coming from the router package the user can connect several phones to Vigor2820VS for communication Refer to the following figure for reference Analog Phone ISDN Phone Adapter ADSL2 SECURITY FIREWALL Giga WAN2 ie Wireless LAN O O ON OFFIWPS ACT WLAN Line gt O e USB DSL Phone Factory Reset CSM WAN2 QoS ISDN Phone Adapter ISDN Phone Yet if the user configures ISDN Phone SO as TE Mode in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings the green LED will light on to indicate ISDN TE is selected Then the port is specified for ISDN line only Refer to the following figure for reference ISDN Phone i D Analog Phone Z ISDN Phone T _ Adapter F Phone Line SRRA R
236. kF sAson OaAwgGYRCGYEaAyZELVTVBytix OTS 25 20dw1lReltovlAnv im MFCOy9x ZEwNKG4 6 70G71LS avd TAuUHH90z40MWUx02 G masSvORt PHbNOdYnshpixkroFgksnkbMLda qhiooc ls N smGb4N Pho4vuolyva dKiysPtp 202 0NsCddeh 4223 s6ms600 AWE ALALANAOGCS GS Ibs DOERBOULLAGE AGNESOT1LY445sgkiwilnihlvydaF LDOdweooleLlskn ovdhed yvalSctgiqzsJIocKabo7 nacBaEclLWOchKeEsOdyDcemt I f7R 1O4S5SeuTinxswavel ons LIMIGHSyosvrTY u soOvJIGRHHWESEWhLRASLOxVAH DoMNslL ceTlyhedsssrJdyu Dray Te k 165 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 10 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 View Trusted CA4 2 lew Trusted CA 3 View IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file es ct Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click De
237. l ISPs if you have more than one ISP You will be able to dial to both ISPs at the same time This is mainly for those ISPs that do not support Multiple Link PPP ML PPP In such cases dialing to two ISPs can increase the bandwidth utilization of the ISDN channels to 128kbps data speed ISDN gt gt Dialing to Dual ISPs Dual ISP Common Settings 1 C Enable Dual ISPs Function 2 O Require ISP callback CBCP PPP IP setup Link Type Dialup BOD PPP Authentication PAF or CHAP Idle Timeout 180 second s Primary ISP Setup Secondary ISP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IF Yes No Dynamic IF ISP Name Dial Number Username Password Fixed IP Address ISP Name Dial Number Username D4005 55i hinet net IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address Enable Dual ISPs Function Check to enable the Dual ISPs function Require ISP Callback CBCP If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation Common Settings PPP MP Setup Link Type There are three link types provided here for different purpose Link Disable disables the ISDN dial out function Dialup 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD for detailed information of configuration please refer to section 3 12 4 stands for bandwidth on deman
238. l be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box 3 5 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Mame Index Name FREBRBEBrEePrpPPrEPePe PEFEEPBREEBEEEERBEEBEBRE fh i k Cae Pat 33 54 65 96 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 108 Dray Te k Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Mame Protocol source Port Destination Port Name Protocol Source Destination Port 1 ca bee E U m a i co Type a name for this profile Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports excep
239. ld is blank and the function will always work Direction Set the direction of packet flow It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Source Destination IP Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges Dray Te k 95 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Service Type Vigor2820 Series User s Guide A http 192 168 1 1 IP Address Edit IP Address Edit Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group or IP Object or IP Object or IP Object Microsoft Internet Explorer Group and Objects vi o None None v None 1 RD Department 2 Finanical Dept To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type 3 hitp 192 168 1 1 Service Type Edit
240. lete to remove all the certificate information gt Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Valid From Valid To Close Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 166 Dr ay Te k 3 10 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Confirm password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Encrypt password Confirm password o o Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Backup Restoration Select a backup file to restore ir Decrypt password 00 Click to upload the file 3 11 VolP Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient dep
241. link Then a successful ISDN connection will be shown as the following YES Ethernet Static IP 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps Lf2 17 3 43 lra Iraz 0 0 0 0 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 2121501_A4 ATK Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks 0 0 0 0 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNR Margin Loop Att eeaes READY 0 0 0 0 ISDN Status gt gt Dial ISON gt gt DropBi gt gt Drop Be Channel Active Connection Txpkts Rate RX Pkts R Rate UpTime AOC Bps Bps ISDN1 B1 Idle 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ISDN1 B Idle 0 0 0 0 BHN 0 ISDN1 D UP oo 2930 192 168 3 10 19 J i 3 0 0 36 0 ISDN2 pB Idle O O O O 0 0 0 0 ISDN2 D UP Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 206 Dr ay le k 3 12 4 Call Control Some applications require that the router only for the ISDN models be remotely activated or be able to dial up to the ISP via the ISDN interface Vigor routers provide this feature by allowing user to make a phone call to the router and then ask it to dial up to the ISP Accordingly a teleworker can access the remote network to retrieve resources Of course a fixed IP address is required for WAN connection and some internal network resource has to be exposed for remote users such as FTP WWW ISDN gt gt Call Control Call Control Setup Dial Retry lo times Remote Activation fs Dial Delay Interval a second s PPP MP Dial
242. ll remote user will see the number 5972729 because Phone CLIP is checked If you use ISDN1 SO without MSN Setup to dial an outgoing call remote user will see the number 5972720 because Phone CLIP is checked Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 202 Dray Te k 3 12 3 Dialing to Single Dual ISPs Select Dialing to a Single ISP if you access the Internet via a single ISP ISP Access Setup PPP MP Setup Dray Tek ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP Single ISP ISP Access Setup ISP Name LJ Require ISP callback CBCP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Dial Number Username Password On PPP MP Setup Link Type Dialup GOD PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout 180 second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address ISP Name Enter your ISP name such as Seednet Hinet and so Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by your ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP Require ISP Callback CBCP If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation Scheduler 1 15 Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the Internet access according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Link Type There are three link types provided here for
243. ll restart with the factory default configuration Connecter for PSTN phone Connector for PSTN life line Connecters for local networked devices Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 Connecter for remote networked devices Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer Connecter for a power adapter Power Switch 10 Dray Tek 1 2 5 For Vigor2820VS Drey Tek 2 828 Ee Y we l O20 amp g a o m e v Factory Reset c u Phone S50 ISDN Phone S50 v LED SICIR ACT Activity USB DSL WAN 2 Phone QoS LED on Connector Phone SO Left LED Right LED Green ISDN Left LED Phone SO Orange Off Right LED Green 5 Blinking Dray Tek ne Line VIGOR2820VS ADSL2 SECURITY FIREWALL 1 Giga 2 3 4 4LAN DSL WAN2 USB Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off A USB device is connected and active The data is transmitting The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile is established under CSM menu The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup and the web content filter profile is established under CSM menu The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Slowly The DSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is tranning The W
244. loyment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN ISDN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Calling vi
245. lps manager track the network errors or abnormal packets transmission without interrupting the flow of data access the network By the way user can apply this function to monitor all traffics which user needs to check There are some advantages supported in this feature First it is more economical without other detecting equipments to be set up Second it may be able to view traffic on one or more ports within a VLAN at the same time Third it can transfer all data traffics to be mirrored to one analyzer connect to the mirroring port Last it is more convenient and easy to configure in user s interface LAN gt gt LAN Port Mirror LAN Port Mirror Port Mirror O Enable Disable Mirror port Op2 Ops p4 Mirrored port OP1 E p2 COIP3 Lip4 OK Port Mirror Check Enable to activate this function Or check Disable to close this function Mirror Port Select a port to view traffic sent from mirrored ports Mirrored port Select which ports are necessary to be mirrored 3 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into th
246. lt MAC Address or specify another MAC address for your necessity MAC Address Type in the MAC address for the router manually DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router If necessary type in Address secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 50 Dray Tek PPPoE for WAN2 To use PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the Internet select PPPoE mode The following web page will appear WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Enable Disable ISP Access Setup Username Password ISDN Dial Backup Setu Dial Backup Mode J Mode Ping IP TTL MTU Enable Disable ISP Access Setup ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dray Tek Static or Dynamic IP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup i Mone wt WAN Connection Detection ARP Detect PPTP PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP fi second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias Fixed IF Yes No Dynamic IP Idle Timeout Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address loo Eo Fe ga Er 2 Max 1492 Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocated username password and authenticatio
247. m Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation link below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 7 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm The Confirm message of New Owner Mary maybe timeout Please try again or contact to draytek com 8 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Then type the code in the box of Auth Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it Dray Te k 291 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide This service ts available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor lf you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code 14 h e 1 C Ifyou cannot read the word Click here Forget password Dont have a MyVider Account 7 Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service B86 3 597 2727 of email to Webmastena draytek com Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into MyVigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 4 10 How to use mOTP feature through the router and iPhone Draytek provides one time password su
248. mation from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to enable the daylight saving Such feature is available for certain area Automatically Update Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Interval Click OK to save these settings Dray Te k 243 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 15 8 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 and this must match with the peer Registrar when making VoIP calls system Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Management Access Control Telnet Port Default 23 O Allow management from the Internet HTTP Port Default 80 FIP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IP HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 213 SSH Port Default 22 SAMP Setup Enable SNMP Agent get Community 1 Trap Community Notification Host IP Po Router Name Allow management from the Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List Default Ports User Defined Ports
249. me as the username ps papaa aii Confirm Password sooo J Personal Information E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Email Address mary_ted tech com Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 a Country SWITZERLAND v Career Supervisor vj 4 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Internet w Gasreement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv Denna would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Global Server O compieion Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 290 Dr ay le k 5 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E rreferences START 6 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek co
250. mm Specify the duration or period for the schedule Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Idle Timeout Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Dray Te k 141 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office WZ ll Wz 1 10 2 10 2 Hour A a a 7 5 Force On E 5 Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week E a a Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet acc
251. mote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be 160 Dray Tek Specify CLID or Remote VPN Gateway User Name Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Callback Function Dray Tek viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Enter Peer ISDN number if you select ISDN above This feature is useful for s model only Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is a
252. ms Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable Apply to 2nd Subnet Disable Default TX Limit Kbps Default RX Limit Kbps L Allow auto adjustment to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Specific Limitation start eng O Each Shared TX Limit Kbps RX Limit Kbps Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup i ok Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored OK To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Disable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Apply to 2 Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the second subnet specified in LAN gt gt General Setup Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Default TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Default RX limit Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Allow auto adjustment to Router will detect if there is enough bandwidth remained for make the best utilization of using according to the bandwidth limit set by the user If yes available bandwidth the router will adjust the available bandwidth for users
253. n a UP Down 1 oO UP Down 8 0 UP Down 9 a UP Down w UP Down lt lt 110 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface WAN Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Src IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Src IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Dest IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Dest IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Dest Port Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 64 Dr ay Te k Dest Port End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Move UP Move Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy WAN gt gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 C Enable Protocol Binding WAN Interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Enable Protocol Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dray Tek pai a Auto failover to the other WAN 192 168 1 5 192 166 1 15 192 160 1 60 192 168 1 69 J
254. n parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode Mone None Disable the backup function al Vigor2820 Series User s Guide WAN Connection Detection MTU PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection This setting is available for s model only Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pi
255. n 4 9 for more information of creating My Vigor account Note If you have used Service Activation Wizard to activate WCF service you can skip this section WCE adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter you have to click Activate to satisfy your request Be aware that service provider matching with VigorIPPBX2820 currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment If you want to purchase a formal edition simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page The default setting for Setup Query Server Setup Test Server is auto selected You can choose another server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable one Next click the link of Test a site to verify whether it is categorized to do the verification CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name i Default 5 2 G 3 f 4 amp Administration Message Max 255 characters Cache L1 L2 cache lt hody gt lt center gt lt hr gt lt br gt lt hbr gt lt p gt
256. n Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 40 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification Dray Te k 135 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 7 4 APP QoS The QoS function is used to do bandwidth management for the services with certain IP or port number However there is no effect of bandwidth management on the service such as IM or P2P without fixed IP or port number APP QoS employs the function of APP Enforcement to detect several types of software in application layer By combining the function of QoS Vigor router can perform the bandwidth management for the application of VoIP Streaming IM P2P and so on Bandaldth Management gt gt APP OoS APP Cog mablis Disabil O u Delai Satti Dat E VolP Streaming M4 a Tunneling RemotH ontra eabHo pEr internet Bandwidth Management gt gt Guality of Service WAAL Ganeral Setup E Brabe the Gois Compal CT Enable Application Qot Clare Yalp Go Cies d High S Inira Class Name Rosemead bandwidth Ratio Streaming O05 Clase 2 ded Class 1 vor RN x iM Ge Cies Diem Class 2 Sbraaming E 35 Sirn
257. n Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above Dray Te k 259 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN Username C PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel J Compression On off C L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Ke Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway y Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP IKE Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 210 O Digital Signature x 509 or Peer ID IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minute s If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type C ISDN Username draytek PPTP Password eccccce CO IPSec Tunnel YJ Compression on O off O L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method i Pre Sh dk Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway re onhared Key Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 Digital Signature x 509 or Peer ID IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESF DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use t
258. n the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E Preferences START 8 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek com Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation lnk below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 9 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm Thank for your register in VigorPra Web Site The Register process is completed Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 288 Dray Te k 10 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4helw T4 h e 41 C lf you cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MWyVider Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service BEG 3 597 2727 of ek com email to webmasterna dra 11 Now click Login Your account has been activated You
259. n this field for transferring The character that you can type can be and O 9 In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC DTMF mode and MSN number Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOffl TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off Dray Tek 191 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide VoIP gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt ISDN1 80 Tone Settings Region User Defined Low Freq High Freq Hz Hz Dial tone a25 Ringing tone 60 Busy tone Congestion tone o Yolume Gain Mic Gaing1 105 UT Speaker Gain 1 104 MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 Ring Frequency 10 SOHZ4 Toni msec SU DT MF it T off 2 msec T off 1 msec Ton msec ogg lit DTMF Mode InBand Payload Type RFC2833 MSM 35 MSM 36 MSM 37 MSM 38 MSM 39 I ii MSN Alias Region Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and
260. nce 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Class1 High Drop AF Classe Low Drop AP Class Medium Drop AF Classe High Drop AP Class Medium Drop AF Classs High Drop AP Class4 Low Drop AF Class4 Medium Drop AF Class4 High Drop EF Class i i AF Classa Low Drop i RTP TOS Dray Te k 185 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phone Call Feature Default SIP Account patne DO O Play dial tone only when account registered LJ Session Timer Sec Call Forwarding Default Call Route Time Out eae To VoIP Dial for ISDN DND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup OOL Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 60 in Phone Book as Exception List PPE EE C CLIR fhide caller 1D O call Waiting C call Transfer Hotline Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Session Timer Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically Call Forwarding There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding
261. nd Authentication C Enable this account second s Username IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Password Idle Timeout Allowed Dial In Type C ISDN PPTP Dray Tek IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Mo Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number 220 135 240 210 orPeerID O Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Multicast via VPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc L Digital Signature X 509 ine IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES V AES Local ID optional Callback Function Check to enable Callback function Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control minute s Callback Budget 265 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s Allowed Dial In Type C ISDN PPTP C IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number orPeerID O Username Password IKE Authentication Method Digital Signature X 509 Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESF DES IDES AES Local ID optional Netbios Naming
262. nd click NAT Sessions Table to open the setup page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table WAT Active Sessions Table Refresh Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Peer IP Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It displays the representing number for different interface Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 16 6 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Unspecified Host IP IP address O O i O Host IP Ping to Result Clear Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 252 Dray Te k Ping through Unspecified Unspecified WANA WAN Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 3 16 7 Data Flow Monitor This page dis
263. nd the ISDN number to the remote router This feature is useful for s model only Username a7 Password YJ Compression on off L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP isd C Digital Signature x 5095 or PeeriD O 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Pemote Network Mask Allowed Dial In Type ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP Vigor2820 Series User s Guide IPSec Security Method Mediumt 4H 3 High ESF DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP C Enable Callback Function C Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Budget lo minutes 4 PIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 i 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Determine the dial in connection with different types Allow the remote ISDN LAN to LAN connection You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below This feature is useful for s model only In addition you can further set up Callback function below Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the re
264. nd the host name can have as many as 23 characters Both them cannot contain any of the following lt gt I Workgroup Name Type a name for the workgroup Host Name Type the host name for the router 3 14 2 USB User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP users Any user who wants to access into the USB disk must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB disk first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt gt USB User Management USB User Management setto Factory Default Index Username Home Folder Index Username Home Folder i fh e ND e gt fe IS e k k k k k k Sabie Is Click index number to access into configuration page Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 228 Dr ay Te k USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTF Samba User OQ Enable Disable Password Maximum 11 Characters Confirm Password fs Home Folder fs gt Access Rule File Read O write Delete Directory ClList ClCreate Remove Mote The folder name can only contain the following characters A z a z 0 9 _ j7 and space FTP Samba User Enable Click this button to activate this profile account Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server Disable Click this button to disable such profile U
265. nd transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message OTF mode InBand InBand OOOO QutBand RF C2033 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode Dray Te k 189 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Detailed Settings for ISDN1 SO Port Click the number link of Index 2 ISDN1 SO you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt gt Phone Settings ISDN1 SO Call Feature C Hotline C Session Timer C T 38 Fax Function Call Forwarding MSN 32 SIP URL Time Out sac MSN 34 C ONDYDe Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup MSM 36 Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will MSN 38 be ignored Index 1 603 in Phone Book as Exception List OOL C CLIR thide caller ID L call Waiting C call Transfer Hotline Session Timer Call Forwarding Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Default SIP Account SIP Account for MSE 30 MSN 31 SEC MSN 33 MSN 35 E _ MSN 37 ppcogceggo2rga a qu Z or a z T a 7 T z qu a a a a Ta Ww ctr T ik T cL Default Call Route O To ISDN Dial for VoIP To VoIP Dial for ISDN Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the
266. ne Epara ng Port Eson S0 Liistn2 Te Oe casa e John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David VoIP gt DialFlan Setup Phone Dook Index Mr 1 rable m ma k ch a T VolF gt SIF Sccounts SUP Actoannt nel Wo 1 Profle Home ipia 1 11 char maw Register via Ati w I hut Regi SIP Part aa BomartyRealm piel ony 83 char mas Prony Long 44 ick bry poe pee Did h yant Pi ji dT char NAT Traversal Supp I David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John 275 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Example 2 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from the same service provider John s SIP URL 1234 draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 draytel org Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name draytel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name John Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default
267. nel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function It determines the default direction for the call route of the router Such feature is available for Vigor2820VS and Vigor2820VSn To ISDN for VoIP The router is set by using ISDN call To change ISDN call into VoIP call please dial the character in this field for transferring The character that you can type can be and O 9 To VoIP for ISDN The router is set by using VoIP call To change VoIP call into ISDN call please dial the character in this field for transferring The character that you can type can be and 0 9 In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might c
268. nels for usage 12345678910111213 AP number v s Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Channel Cancel If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page 225 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 13 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt gt Station List Station List Refresh Add Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPA2 Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass 802 1 or WPA PSK authentication T124 0FrF UM Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Addto Access Control Client s MAC address 7 7 7 Click this button to refresh the status of station list Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control 226
269. network connection through 3G USB Modem choose 3G USB Modem as the physical mode in WAN2 Next go to WAN gt gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem is available for WAN2 You can enable PPP as the access mode and complete further configuration WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPP Client Mode O Enable Disable SIM PIN code Modem Initial String AT amp FEOV1X18028C1S0 0 Default AT amp FEOV1X1 amp D2 amp C 1S0 0 APN Name Modem Dial String ATDT 99 Default ATDT 99 PPP Username _ Optional PPP Password Optional Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup _ICLICLICI This setting is available for WAN2 only You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for 41 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Load Balance Mode Line Speed Active Mode Vigor2820 Series User s Guide determined by the system Auta negotiation ha Auto ne qotiation 10M1 half duplex Physical Type 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode Auto O Auta Wei gh According to Line Speed If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading through WAN1 WAN2 The unit is kbps
270. nging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Mean maximum transmission unit of one packet The default value is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog E http f 197 168 1 1 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer Sek WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool un Y 52 Dray Tek Enable Disable ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dray Tek Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP ad
271. ngs may not be removed Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 144 Dray Te k 3 8 5 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups For invoking IGMP Snooping function you have to check the Enable IGMP Proxy box first for activating the IGMP proxy function Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP Enable IGMP Proxy WAN1 IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled L Enable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID Pi P2 P3 P4 Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN1 2 port or PVC Use the drop down list to choose the interface Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed for the clients in LAN Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Group ID This field displ
272. nnel 3 to 8 Normally service type is used for the service of video stream e g IPTV It can divide the packets from remote control and from video stream into different PVC In general the protocol used by remote control is IGMP Normal It means that the PVC can accept all packets except IGMP IGMP It means that the PVC can accept packets of IGMP only To identify the usage of PVC check this box to invoke this setting And type the number for VLAN ID number Click Clear to remove all the configurations in this page if you do not satisfy it When you finish the configuration please click OK to save and exit this page Or click Cancel to abort the configuration and exit this page Dray Tek 63 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 1 6 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WANI or WAN2 interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when both WANI and WAN2 are activated WAN gt gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Dest Dest Index Enable Protocol WAR e eani p pn Port Port kri Sah Start End 1 oo Down 2 0 UP Down 2 Oo UP Down a UP Down 5 oo UP Dow
273. nquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status ce H sla n A a 10 w 4 11 w 4 x 12 i 5 H 13 rs G H 14 Fs re 4 15 w a Ps Status v Active x Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index are shown below Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 140 Dr ay Te k Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Enable Schedule Setup Start Date Cyyyy mm dd z000 jt ili iy Start Time hh mm 0 w d0 s Duration Time chh mm Oo w do w Action Force On v Idle Timeout minute s mas 255 0 for default How Often Once Weekdays O Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri CL Sat Enable Schedule Setup Check to enable the schedule Start Date Specify the starting date of the schedule yyyy mm_ dd Start Time hh mm Specify the starting time of the schedule Duration Time hh
274. nsure the phone security It allows users to encrypt any Session Initiation Protocol SIP VoIP voice stream as long as the peer side on the call is also using such protocol None If the incoming or outgoing call matches the phone book entry with secure phone option set to None it means the call should be unprotected ZRTP SRTP If the incoming or outgoing call matches the phone book entry with secure phone option set to ZRTP SRTP it means the call would be protected A warning message will be played out if the call ends up unprotected Note If the incoming or outgoing calls do not match any entry on the phonebook the router will try to make the call being protected But if the call ends up unprotected e g peer side does not support ZRTP SRTP the router will not play out a warning message Digit Map For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable latch Prefix Mode OP Number Mlin Len Max Len Route 1 Reeelmes 7 b iPsm z ISO O n b lb 4 oO oO ee dbe O O ee ee ro Se SS ee oe 2 O PO de Joe 1 The length for Min Len and Mas Len fields should be between O25 AORE 2 Wildcard is supported Enable Check this box to invok
275. ntity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt PSec Peer Identity X509 Peer ID Accounts Setto Factory Default Index Mame Status Index Mame Status as TTT ka Vi TTT ka Fan TTF P3 18 TTF of ae TET k 19 TET ka 4 TET k 20 TTT A ae TTF 2 1 ee es G TTT i 22 TTT E t TTT ka 23 TTT ka g TTT k 24 FET ka 9 Fiir PA 25 Finir s 10 TTT a 2b TTT k ii TTT k tT TTT ka 12 PET ka 20 TTT Ea 13 TTF P3 29 TTF rs 14 PET k 30 TTT A 15 TET ka 31 Cer BA 16 TTT ka a2 TTT ka Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Name Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 150 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt PSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name fe JEnable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address ha IP
276. o access Internet through WAN connection It will blink while transmitting data A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is disconnected the LED will be off about six seconds later There is no PSTN phone call The phone connected to this port is off hook The phone connected to this port is on hook The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is connected with 10Mbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is connected with 10Mbps Vigor2820 Series User s Guide gt Pee el of ON kA J i OFF PR Giga 2 3 4 4LAN pet WANI uga PWR Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices DSL Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 WAN 2 Connecter for remote networked devices USB Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapt
277. oE PPPOA for WAN1 To use PPPoE PPPoA as the accessing protocol of the Internet select PPPoE PPPoA mode The following web page will appear WAN gt gt Internet Access WARM 1 PPPoE PPPoA MPoA RFC1483 2684 Enable Disable ISP Access Setup DSL Modem Settings Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IFP Protocol PPPoA Modulation Multimode Multi P C channel Channel 1 w PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP w Idle Timeout second s IP Address From ISP WAN IP Alias Encapsulating Type WE MUX ow Default MAC Address PPPoE Pass through O 5 if MAC Add C For Wired LAN pel S bois C For Wireless LAN MAC Address oo 0 ze 68 Fz os Note If this box is checked while using the PPPoA protocol the router will behave like a modem Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup which only serves the PPPoE client on the LAN Em CO LAN Enable VID O 40953 Priority lo O73 WAN Connection Detection i Mode ARP Detect TTL MITU 1442 Max 1492 Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid DSL Modem Settings Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access Multi PVCs Select
278. of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by the router VID Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode None Packet Trigger Always On None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Always On If the broadband connection is no longer available the backup line will be activated automatically and always on until 45 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide the broadband connection is restored We recommend you to enable this feature if you host a web server for your customers access This setting is available for S model only WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is Detection alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP addres
279. ollowing web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www draytek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp draytek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility system Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file ee cc Click Upgrade to upload the file _Hpgrade TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware version 3 3 5 2 RC6 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other S party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automaticaly stop running Do you want to upgrade firmware wn tuo ho e Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first system Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade A TFTP server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software to Upgrade router s firmware This server will be closed by itself when the firmware upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 4 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 246 Dr ay Te k
280. on for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing thr
281. on to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to Keep Alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection Build ISDN LAN to LAN connection to remote network
282. onnect to the Access point WPS ts Disabled J WPS is Enabled J Waiting for WPS requests from wireless clients Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here SSID Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 218 Dr ay Te k Authentication Mode Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode 3 13 6 WDS only Display current authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air
283. or PSTN life line Connecters for local networked devices Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 Connecter for remote networked devices Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer Connecter for a power adapter Power Switch 14 Dray Tek 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the ADSL interface to the external ADSL splitter with an ADSL line cable for all models For Vigor2820Vn VS VSn also connect Line interface to external ADSL splitter LINE LR peaa Line DSL For second WAN connect the cable Modem DSL Modem Media Converter to WAN2 port of router with Ethernet cable RJ 45 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to one of the LAN ports of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer 3 Connect the telephone set with phone lines for using VoIP function For the model without phone ports skip this step 4 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet 5 Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel 6 The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking For the hardware connection we take Vn model as an example Analog Phone Analog Phone Land line
284. or each phone port Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP 184 Dray Tek account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Disable Port The router can support up to 4 VoIP calls simultaneously In general only 3 VoIP calls can be dialed through ISDN at the same time If you want to use four ISDN channels you have to check this box When the Phone port is disabled it could not be used anymore RTP Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them IPF precedence 1 IP precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precede
285. or incoming packets Subnet Mask Select a value of subnet mask for private IP address Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 86 Dray Te k 3 3 5 Port Triggering Port Triggering is a variation of open ports function the difference is that the port triggering has the dynamic characteristics It is more secure comparing to open ports In Open Ports setting once we setup the ports be opened all traffic can go through these open ports into LAN device with Port Triggering function the ports will be opened only when specific application triggers the specific ports and then the needed ports will be opened automatically NAT gt gt Port Triggering Port Triggering Setto Factory Default Index Comment Triggering Protocol Triggering Port Incoming Protocol Incoming Port Status 1 w 2 w 3 x 4 x 5 w G H i H a rd 9 w 10 Fe lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Comment Display the text which memorizes the application of this rule Triggering Protocol Display the protocol of the triggering packets Triggering Port Display the port of the triggering packets Incoming Protocol Display the protocol for the incoming data of such triggering profile Incoming Port Display the port for the incoming data of such triggering profile Status Display if the rule is active or de active Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt gt Port Triggering Mo 1 Enable Service Triggering Protocol Triggering
286. or other user through FTP Dray Te k 231 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 14 4 USB Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the users who accessing into FTP or Samba server USB diskette via the Vigor router If you want to remove the diskette from USB port in router please click Disconnect USB Disk first And then remove the USB disk later USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk Write Protect Status No Disk Capacity 2009 MB Free Capacity 1562 ME Refresh FIP amp SMB Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode Nao data can be written to it Connection Status If there is no USB disk connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Once the USB disk has been found the connection status will display Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk click this button to disconnect the USB disk with the router Write Protect Status If the USB cannot be written with any files this field will display YES Disk Capacity It displays the total capacity of the USB disk Free Capacity It displays the free space of the USB disk Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Service It displays the service that such USB disk will serve IP Address It displays the IP address of
287. or this profile 125 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Block M For this section please refer to Web Content Filter user s guide for more information 3 7 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management Bandwidth Management 3 7 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Index Start IP Max Sessions Specific Limitation starte end Maximum Sessions Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Lo Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings wil be TONE Vigor2820
288. ord Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information CPE Client Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Allow Deny the CPE Client to connect with Auto Configuration Server Port Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might change port number for CPE Periodic Inform Settings The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification Dray Te k 231 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide STUN Settings The default is Disable If you click Enable please type the relational settings listed below Server IP Type the IP address of the STUN server Server Port Type the port number of the STUN server Minimum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the minimum period The default setting is 60 seconds Maximum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the maximum period A value of 1 indicates that no maximum period is specified 3 15 4 Administrator Password
289. ore routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default LDP f Index Status Bandwidth Direction Clase Glosy Claes Others Bandwidth Onine 1 2 d Statistics Control WAHT Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN 1 2 interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request Vigor2820 Series User s
290. ority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically qh ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate 509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 ICSUSICNevigor Mot Yet Valid View Delete Trusted CA 2 lew Delete Trusted CA 3 lew Delete IMPORT REFRESH You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button gt Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer 192 168 1 LdocfkCaCt il htm Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Issuer iC USICN vigor Subject IC USICN vigor Subject Alternative Name DNS draytek com Valid From Valid To Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first 285 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 4 9 Creating an Accoun
291. ormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www draytek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www draytek com iv Dray Tek European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Taiwan 303 Product Vigor2820 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2820 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information
292. orrectly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support draytek com Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 310 Dray Te k Appendix Hardware Specifications Temperature Operating 0 C 45 C Storage 25 C 70 C Humidity 10 90 non condensing Max Power Consumption 10 Watt Dimension L241 W165 H44 Power DC 12V 15V Dr ay Te k 311 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide
293. ort gt Downloads Downloads Firmware Downloads Model Name Firmware Version Release Date Firmware Vigor120 series kt Pe 26 06 2009 Driver Vigor2100 series 2 6 2 26 02 2008 Utility Vigor2104 series Ph 13 02 2008 idity tniendection Vigor2110 series 3 3 0 25 06 2009 Datasheet Vigor2200 X WI E 2 3 11 22 09 2004 R amp TTE Certification Vigor2200Eplus 2 5 7 18 02 2009 Vigor2200USB 2 3 10 16 03 2005 3 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Utility menu and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Utility Utility Downloads Tools Name Release Date Version os Support Model E Router Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows All Modules Driver Syslog Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows XP All Modules MS Vista Utility VigorPro Alert Notice 2009 06 03 1 1 0 MS Windows XP VigorPro 100 series Utility Introduction Tools Multi MS Vista VigorPro 5500 series language VigorPro 5510 series Datasheet idan R amp TTE Certification Smart VPN Client 2009 05 25 3 6 3 MS Windows XP All Modules Multi MS Vista language Smart Monitor 2009 03 25 2 0 MS Windows XP Vigor2950 series Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 278 Dr ay Te k 4 Click on the link of Router Tools to download the file After downloading the files please decompressed the file onto your host 5 Double click on the router tool
294. ot displayed on the display panel of remote end Hide caller ID Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Call Waiting Act Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Call Waiting Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Anonymous Act Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Block Anonymous Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming Act calls from unknown domain Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Deact Block IP Calls Act Dial the number typed in this filed to block all the incoming calls from IP address Block IP Calls Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Last Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call Dray Te k 177 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide PSTN Setup Some emergency phone e g 911 or special phone cannot be dialed out by using VoIP and can be called out through PSTN line only To solve this problem this page allows you to set five sets of PSTN number for dialing without passing through Internet Please type the number in the field of phone number for PSTN relay VoIP gt gt PSTN Setup Default phone number for PSTN
295. out the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Dray Tek 67 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For NAT Usage ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 2nd IP Address 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 ist Subnet Mask 2nd Subnet Mask i 2nd Subnet DHCP Server RIP Protocol Control Disable w LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent ist Subnet 2nd Subnet Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 IP Pool Counts a 192 166 1 1 Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address 1st IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 1st Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 For IP Routing Usage Click Enable to invoke this function The def
296. ove PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for PSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MDS or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MDS5 or SHA
297. ox is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size Ums Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click Off to close the function 3 11 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have For Vigor2820V Vigor2820Vn models you will see the following page Dray Tek VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Index Pet RTP Port Call Feature Tone Gain Mic Speaker Default SIP Account DTMF Relay Phonel CW OCT User Defined 575 QutBand Phonee CWT User Defined 575 QOutBand Cl Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start OU50 ae Dynamic RTP Port End SUOU RTP TOS IP precedence 5 ha fioo _ oO 3 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide For Vigor2820VS Vigor2820VSn models you will see the following page VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phone List Call Index Port ee 1 Phone Z ISDNW1 S0 3 ISDN2 TE C Disable Port Phone Note If Phone port is disabled Gader Tone l Gain Default SIP DTMF Mic Speaker Account Relay G 7294 B Pasa 5 5 InBand G 7294 B Baile 5 5 InBand
298. p Z C O FE o lt aVvd Dray Tek v Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Vigor2820 Series User s Guide vi Dray Te k Table of Contents 1 PR CTACC see cccec rs ce seecei E E E EE 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation ccccccccccccccececeeeseeeeeeeeesseaeeeceeeesssaaeaeeeeeeeeessaaaaeees 1 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors 2 0 0 cccccceeecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeseuaeseeeeeeesssaanseees 2 T21 FOr VigOr20 20 rear E E EE E E ESES 3 1 22 FOr VIgOr2820 cjr a e E E EEE REEERE 5 1 23 FOF VIgOr28 ZON sisri a E EEE E EEES 7 1 24 Ol VID O20 2 OV Medanecetnnivcnpaeamietaciavintemdinnninetsasye A A E seat taiocmeint 9 teo ae ge e le 2lor4 8 Co peeeee erence eee ene eee ee ee eee ne eee E E E EE O 11 1 2 0 F r WO 20V Si ceteris detncc since ce E E ne nace ergs Sinaia RARE a a 13 1 3 AMO el Installation o 24 seca deeosseasagsseusarace secaccensdee sae sessetanegce2 easconcazaeetaesseansencssacccacesousseentasecestacs 15 1 4 ISDN Phone Adapter Installation cccccccccccecceseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeessseaeeeeseeeeeeeeeseaseeeessaaees 16 1 5 Printer Installation c cccccccssecccceeseeecessecceeseecceaseeecsaseeceeuseeeseagececsaueeessseeessageeessnseeeeseass 17 Configuring Basic Settings cccssscecessessenseecenseseeseesenseesonseesenseseeneesoenseses 23 pode le gral a le late ie gare ists 0 8 ee en knee ee ee knee ene eee eee ee ee eee 23 2 2 QUICK
299. packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes Dray Te k 129 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The c
300. page will appear WAN gt Internet Access WAR 1 PPPoE PPPoA MIPoOA RFC14863 7684 O Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically DSL Modem Settings jy eae ee Multi P YC channel Channel 2 kd 1483 Bridged IP LLC Required for same SPs Specify an IP address WT Modulation Multimode ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode None Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address WAN Connection Detection Mac Address lao ea FF 54 JE p Mode ARP Detect VPI co 4 l Ping IF DNS Server IP Address Secondary IP Address fs RIP Protocol C Enable RIP Bridge Mode L Enable Bridge Mode MPoA Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this RFC1483 2684 function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid DSL Modem Settings Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP VPI Type in the value provided by ISP Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 48 Dr ay Te k ISDN Dial Backup Setup WAN Connection Detection RIP Protocol Bridge Mode WAN IP Network Setting
301. pen the rule edit page for modification Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 MO Status 10 Active aa Active DiffServ Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type Any AMY AMY AF Class4 High Any Drop TELNET TCP 235 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Index Status WAL Enable Setto Factory Default UDP Others Bandwidth Control Kbps Kbps Qutbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Online Statistics Bandwidth Direction a Ei WAN2 Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Name Rule Service Type Edit Edit Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 134 Dray Tek Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type WoO Mame Protocol Port 1 Empty For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number boo boo Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuratio
302. phone set Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Busy or No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response or when the local system is busy they will be forwarded to the specified SIP URL by the time out No Answer Busy or No Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded 190 Dray Tek DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Default SIP Account Default Call Route Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting 1s 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 8 2 Schedule for detail
303. plays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor C Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index IP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps 1 Sessions Action Current Peak Speed Current Peak Speed Current Peak WAN1 0 0 Auto 0 0 Auto WAN 192 168 5 22 1 69 Auto 1 1200 Auto Total 1 69 Auto 1 1200 Auto 2 240 Note 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked 3 Kbps shared bandwidth residual bandwidth used Current Peak are average Enable Data Flow Check this box to enable this function Monitor Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Dray Te k 253 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Refresh Index IP Address TX rate
304. pplicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for PSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES The callback function provides a callback service only for the ISDN LAN to LAN connection this feature is useful for s model only The remote user will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Check to enable Callback function Enables the callback function 161 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Callback number The op
305. pport for build in PPTP and L2TP connection All Draytek customers can use one time password to authenticate VPN connections To generate a one time password the user has to enter his personal PIN code into the device The authentication is based on two factors the token device and the PIN code There are many one time password clients for the iPhone such as mOTP 1OTP or CitrusOTP Here we will introduce mOTP mobile OneTimePasswords which may be downloaded from the following links http appshopper com utilities motp mobile onetimepasswords http iphone wareseeker com motp mobile onetimepasswords app 42f14b9 1b3 Note The above downloading links may be invalid in the future Searching iphone Mobile OTP with Google you may find more resources Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 292 Dr ay Te k For the user please perform the steps listed below for one time 1 Suppose that mOTP has been successfully installed on your iPhone we will not introduce the installation here Open it and press the button Generate Secret to initialize your secret key Don t do this if there already is a secret key existed otherwise it will re initialize your secret key gt gt gt Check out other Apps lt lt lt One Time Password Do your really want to reinitialize your Secret Cancel Ok 2 Shake your iPhone to generate a random secret key F SS Done Settings gt gt gt Check out other Apps lt lt lt fen ra
306. r 139 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide MX all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 3 8 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can i
307. r Dynamic IP PPTP Enable Disable ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode Mone w Keep WAN Connection C Enable PING to keep alive D minuters PING to the IP PING Interval WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect Ping IP Cid TTL MTU Max 1500 RIP Protocol C Enable RIP WAN IP Network Settings YYAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name Domain Mame Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 5 229 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 172 156 3 4 Gateway IP Address DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address oo Eo e Jec eo Ba For PPTP L2TP Users 1 Check if the Enable option for PPTP L2TP Link is selected WAN gt gt Internet Access WAR 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP Enable PPTP Enable LETP Disable Server Address 10 0 0 136 Specify Gateway IP Address 172 165 1 1 ISP Access setup Username fd Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup 1442 Max 1460 Password MTU PPTP L2TP PPP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias Fixed IF Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address f WAN IP Network Settings Idle Timeout Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 10 0 0 1
308. r ID Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Default SIP Account You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function FXO Feature Enable ISDN to VoIP On Net Calls Check this box to make all the outgoing calls from ISDN line to be forwarded to receivers by Internet Enable VoIP to ISDN Off Net Calls Check this box to make all the incoming calls coming from Internet to be forwarded to receivers by ISDN line Loop Through to Phone Port Choose this radio button to make all the calls controlled by traditional PSTN phone It will tack effect only if MSN mapping ring port is not configured Loop Through to ISDN1 S0 Port Choose this radio button to make all the calls controlled by ISDN line In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find Dray Te k 195 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjus
309. r remote networked devices USB Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 6 Dray Tek 1 2 3 For Vigor2820V Drey Tek ie USE DAL Phoned Riil SA WAHT Phoned D 1 w a w m i md La ba t Seah g acla H ES D Phoneiliz Ling D ACT Activity SEES Blinking Off USB 5 Blinking CSM Q 5 WCF DSL 5 Blinking WAN2 Blinking Line Off Phone 1 2 Off LED on Connector Left LED Green i LAN 1 Giga Off Blinking Right LED On Green Off Left LED LAN 2 3 4 Green Off Blinking Right LED Green Off Left LED WAN 2 Green Off Blinking Right LED On Green Off Dray Tek VIGOR2ZE620V ADEL SECURITY FIREWALL Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off A USB device is connected and active The data is transmitting The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile is established under CSM menu The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup and the web content filter profile is established under CSM menu The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Slowly The modem is ready Quickly The connection is training The router is ready t
310. ray Te k 215 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 13 4 Access Control In the Access Control the router may restrict wireless access to certain wireless clients only by locking their MAC address into a black or white list The user may block wireless clients by inserting their MAC addresses into a black list or only let them be able to connect by inserting their MAC addresses into a white list In the Access Control web page users may configure the white black list modes used by each SSID and the MAC addresses applied to their lists Wireless LAN gt gt Access Control Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter Index Attribute Sgip 1 White List C SSID 3 Sgip 2 White List White List y i ee Black List MAC Address Filter MAC Address Apply SSID Client s MAC Address T T T Apply SSID ssip 1i O ssin2 O ssin3 CJ ssip4 Attribute Enable Mac Address Filter MAC Address Filter Client s MAC Address Apply SSID Attribute Add Delete Edit Cancel OK Vigor2820 Series User s Guide C s Isolate the station from LAN Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 Display all MAC addresses that are edited b
311. ray Tek Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Volume Gain Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is MISC Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Authentication PIN Code Check for ISDN to VoIP Calls Set a pin code for the router to authenticate which one is allowed to dial ISDN to VoIP call The figure that you can type in this field is limited from three to eight with digits from zero to nine Check for VoIP to ISDN Calls Set a pin code for the router to authenticate which one is allowed to dial VoIP to ISDN call The figure that you can type in this field is limited from three to eight with digits from zero to nine DTMF DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the netwo
312. re 4 When the connection is dropped you must generate a new password then redial the connection Summary 1 End user generates a secret key and reports it to the administrator 2 Administrator enters this secret key in a teleworker profile 3 Administrator setups a username and PIN code and provides them to the ender user 4 End user uses the PIN code to generate a password Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 296 Dr ay Te k 4 11 How can I get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router Dray Tek Files on USB storage device can be reviewed by opening USB Applicaiton gt gt File Explorer If it is necessary for you to delete copy files on the device or write paste files to the devcie it must be done through SAMBA server or FTP server Samba service is based on the original USB FTP service You will need to setup USB FTP first We would like to give brief instructions on USB FTP setup here l 2 Plug the USB device to the USB port on the router Make sure Disk Connected appears on the Connection Status as the figure shown below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Statusi Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk Write Protect Status Mo Disk Capacity 2009 ME Free Capacity 1610 MB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in
313. red Key Set to Factory Default Bridge Enable Peer MAC Ad re J i_ eh CL ae m on OOOO paaa HOGG Ooo HO WEP Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings Note Disable unused links to get be performance Pre shared Key Type Repeater DrayTek WPA Owpa Ovwpa2 Enable Peer MAC Addess Key O BH Ld jd a dt id Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsO1az2 or L _ 1_ 1_ i L_ i ox65Sabcd m 0 Pre shared Key Mode Security WEP Pre shared Key Dray Tek Access Point Function Enable Disable Status Send Hello message to peers Note The status ts valid only when the peer also supports this function OK Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Disable There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Type There are three types for you to choose DrayTek WPA can be used for all DrayTek wireless routers like Vigor2700 Vigor2800 Vigor28
314. reen Off 2 3 4 Green Left LED WAN 2 Green f Blinking The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is disconnected with 10 100Mbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected with 1OMbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting Right LED Green Phone Line 1 Giga 4 LAN WAN2 PWR The port is connected with 100Mbps Off The port is disconnected with 1OMbps ON OFF Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory Connecter for ISDN phone s only via ISDN phone adapter Do not connect any other device to such port or connect ISDN line otherwise the router Connecter for ISDN line or ISDN phone adapter in particular condition Refer to section 2 2 for more details Connecters for local networked devices Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 Connecter for remote networked devices Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer Connecter for a power adapter F vd P S0 ISDN Ph 0 Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings default configuration Phone SO mi
315. relay Enable phone number for PSTN relay E Po fF Po fo m eN Then check the Enable box to make the PSTN number available for dial whenever you need Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 178 Dr ay Te k 3 11 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity For Vigor2820V Vigor2820Vn models you will see the following page VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain fRealm Proxy Account Name Codec Ring Port Status 1 G 7i1iMU Fhonei Phonez 2 G 711MU Phonei Phone2 z 3 GF11MU Phonei Phonez z 4 G 711MU Phonei J Phonee 5 5 G 711MU Phonei Phone2 z 6 G 711MU Phone1 LJ Phonez z 7 G 711MU Phone1 J Phonez 4 G 711MU Phonei Fhonez 9 G 711MU Phone1 FPhonez 10 G 711MU Phonei J Phone 5 ii G 711MU Phonei Fhones 12 G 711MU Phonei FPhonez F fail to register on SIP server success registered on SIP server WAT Traversal Setting SIP PING Interval 1
316. remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 262 Dray Te k 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN E PPTP IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify ISDN CLID or Remote YPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 208 or Peer ID Username Password YJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method V Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key Cl Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number minutes Callback Budget If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN PPTP O IPSec Tunnel O L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 206 or Peer ID Username draytek Password eeccece YJ Compression on O Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3SDES
317. ries User s Guide 9 Click Edit to open the following window Check the ACT box first Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address Pemote Address DiffServ CodePaint Service Type Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 10 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address 192 166 1 10 Remote Address 192 166 2 0 DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Note Please choose setup the Service Type first Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 272 Dray Tek 4 4 LAN Created by Using NAT An example of default setting and the corresponding deployment are shown below The default Vigor router private IP address Subnet Mask is 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 The built in DHCP server is enabled so it assigns every local NATed host an IP address of 192 168 1 x starting from 192 168 1 10 Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration Brye jration For NAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server ist IP Address 132 168 1 1 Relay Agent O 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet ist Subnet
318. rk traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode Dray Te k 197 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 11 4 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port VoIP gt Status Status Refresh Seconds Rx Elapse Tx Rx Rx i In Out Miss Speaker Port Status Codec PeerID thh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts ma Calls Calls Calls Gain Phone IOLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 aa IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 aad IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 arial IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 a IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Log Date Time Duration In Out Hiss Account ID Peer ID imm dd yyw hh mm ss hh mm ss 00 00 E 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 M7oocodocooeo ooo Refresh Seconds Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately when the Refresh button is clicked Fefresh Seconds Port It shows current connection status for Phone s and
319. rop down list of Configure Pv4 O A Mo Ween Network mae g Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet Configure IPv4 Using DHCP b IP Address 192 168 1 10 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 f E E OE rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Dray Te k 303 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 5 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows L 2 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear o Command Prompt Microsoft Windows AP Version 5 1 2606 lt C Copyright 1985 2661 Microsoft
320. s 172 16 3 229 255 255 0 0 172 165 3 4 IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address l Secondary IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address loo Eo FF lje ea BA Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a 53 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide WAN Connection Detection Keep WAN Connection MTU RIP Protocol WAN IP Network Settings Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode Packet Trigger Always On None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Always On If the broadband connection is no longer available the backup line will be activated automatically and always on until the broadband connection is restored We recommend you to enable this feature if you host a web server for your customers access This setting is available for s model only Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP
321. s Dray Tek VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Modulation Default setting is Multimode Choose the one that fits the requirement of your router T1 413 G Lite 5 OMT ADSLATS Soe 3 ADSL annex hy ADSLA 6 9925 ADSL2 annex NM Multimode This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode None z Packet Trigger Always On None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Always On If the broadband connection is no longer available the backup line will be activated automatically and always on until the broadband connection is restored We recommend you to enable this feature if you host a web server for your customers access This setting is available for s model only Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing
322. s and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 Key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 Key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters The callback function provides a callback service as a part of PPP suite only for the ISDN dial in user The router owner will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Require Remote to Callback Enable this to let the router to require the remote peer to callback for the connection afterwards Provide ISDN Number to Remote In the case that the remote peer requires the Vigor router to callback the local ISDN number will be provided to the remote peer Check here to allow the Vigor 159 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel router to se
323. s in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Enable Bridge Mode If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page IP Address From ISP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Al
324. sername Type the username for FTP users for accessing into FTP server USB disk Be aware that users cannot access into USB disk in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Password Type the password for FTP users for accessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Confirm Password Type the password again to make confirmation Home Folder It determines the range for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB disk In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB disk Note When write protect status for the USB disk is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only 7 can be used in such case You can click to open the following dialog to add any new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder Dray Te k 229 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Access Rule E http 192 168_ 1_5 doc ftpuserfolder htm Microsoft Internet Explorer USB User Management Choose Folder Fold
325. server Dray Te k 267 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Dial To TEH Session Name office VPM Server IF HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 of draytek com 192 168 1 1 User Name draytek_user1 Password rece Type of YPN PPTP C LETP IPSec Tunnel COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 268 Dr ay Te k 4 3 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default LDP Index Status Bandwidth Direction aes less IASS Others Bandwidth pune 1 2 a Statistics Control WANI Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAR Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 2596 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup
326. set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address S Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status Eg Broadband a Network Tasks Herera a J hinet E E Create a new connection gt a Disconnected Set up a home or small m WAN Miniport PPPOE Internet Gateway office network Status Connected ee Duration 00 19 06 See Also JH test Speed 100 0 Mbps Pa Disconnected J Network Troubleshooter A eauttak EDR Bob a S L ray T adi ISDN F Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway wh t ol GB Control Panel IP Broadband Connection on 43 3 My Network Places Router Packets a Enabled 3 My Documents a Sent 404 734 My Computer 3 ase __LAN or High Speed Internet Local 4rea Connection Enabled Ct Realtek RTL8139 810x Family Received 1 115 BRE _Propetties Details Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Dray Te k 143 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide T JP Broadband Connection on Router Properties
327. signature To ensure normal operation for your router Update your signature again is recommended Copyright OrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 32 Dr ay Te k Later if you need to extend the license valid time you can also use the Service Activation Wizard again to reach your goal by clicking the radio button of Formal edition with license key and clicking Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate Please choose the item you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter BPjM BP M is the web content filter based on service operated in many We recommend only users live in Germany to try the BP M WCF service This is a free service without guarantee Activation Date License Agreement Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Enter your License key Activation Date select CI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Dray Tek i Vigor2820 Series
328. sparent means MSN on TE port can connect to NT port without limitation on the number among 30 39 Any means all the phones under ISDN1 SO would ring Ciison1 sa If you choose Any as ISDN SO port when the router receives the incoming phone call with certain number for reaching ISDN SO all the phone sets connected to ISDN SO will ring at the same time Phone CLIR CLIP CLIR means Calling Line Identification Restriction If you choose this item we will not let remote side see your phone number Such function depends on environment that ISP offers to you Usually hidden telephone number is not permitted under many real circumstances CLIP means Calling Line Identification Presentation Usually the router will send Own Number to the remote side However Own number will restrict the router displaying only one number on remote side Vigor2820 series can connect up to 6 phones at the same time Therefore if CLIP is selected the external MSN numbers that you setup will be displayed to remote side Application Example You got ISDN numbers with 5972720 5972729 from your ISP and you try to connect ISDN TE port to ISDN network Please refer to the following configuration Dray Te k 201 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Open ISDN gt gt General Setup and set as the following ISDN gt gt General Setup ISDN Setup ISDN Port Enable Disable Blacked MSN numbers for the router Country Code ifs D Channel Mode os ISDN1
329. t the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 11b Only Mixed 11g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Dray Te k 211 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Index 1 15 Hide SSID SSID Isolate Channel Long Preamble Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Mixed 11b 11g 11n Mixed 1 1b 11 q Tr Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is Draytek We suggest you to change it Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other VPN Check this box to isolate the wireless clients with remote dial in and LAN to LAN VPN Means
330. t filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Dray Te K 89 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1
331. t for MyVigor The website of My Vigor a server located on http myvigor draytek com provides several useful services such as Anti Spam Web Content Filter Anti Intrusion and etc to filtering the web pages for the sake of protecting your system To access into MyVigor for getting more information please create an account for MyVigor 4 9 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router 1 Click CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile The following page will appear Web Filter License Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Setup Test Server lauto selected Web Content Filter Profile Table Profile Name Profile Default et ae Or Activate Find more Find more Setto Factory Default Name Click System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Activation Web Filter License Status Not Activated Authentication Message Activate via interface WAN 1 vi Activate WebFilter service not activate 2000 01 01 00 00 17 2 Click the Activate link A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code OOO O AYi GXZ If vou cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MyViger Account If you are having
332. t the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Service Type Object Profiles Index oe fee Dray Tek Mame SIF ETF 109 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 5 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name 1r FEEBREBEePrPP aE a A a B b e e e e e e e e e e SBFEPBRBEBEEBEBRBEBEBE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects 1 SIP 2 RTP Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service objects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 110 Dray Te k 3 5 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword O
333. t the error caused by T 38 Fax relay There are two options Redundancy and Forward Error Correction offered in this field There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the 194 Dray Tek incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Busy or No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response or when the local system is busy they will be forwarded to the specified SIP URL by the time out SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting 1s 30 sec DND Do Not Disturb Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone mode call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section 3 11 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration CLIR hide calle
334. t tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOffl TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOff1 and TOff2 represent the sound off VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt ISDN2 TE Tone Settings Region User Defined Low Freq High Freq Hz Hz Dial tone Ringing tone os 1500 Busy tone bo z200 Congestion tone Doo o boo o Yolume Gain Mic Gaing 1 10 Speaker Gainf1 105 i MHISG Dial Tone Power Level 1 504 Authentication PIN Code T off 2 msec Toni T off 1 Ton msec msec msec O00 200 lit lit it i lilt DTMIEF OTMF Mode InBand Payload TypecRFC2833 C Check for ISDN to YoIP Calls 0000 C Check for YoIP to ISDN Calls 0000 Region Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone and congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone ione seiings Region User Defined v OV UK Dia Denmark 0 Ringil taly 0 Germany Bus Netherlands 0 Conge Portugal Volume Australia on SHovenla Mic Gainf Ca Slovakia Hungary MISC Switzerland Dial Tone France Speaker fi 196 D
335. tatus ils W 25 3 W d nis vd G W g ah w 10 x lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service WAN Interface Display the WAN interface for the entry Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Dray Te k 83 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide NAT gt gt Open Ports gt gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface Local Computer 192 168 1 10 Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port Protocol Start Port End Port 1 4500 4500 Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface Local Computer Protocol Start Port End Port Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Hit Ht s a s 5 M B CULL AUUOL Clear Cancel Check to enable this entry O A Make a name for the defined network application service Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Enter the private IP addr
336. te this profile VPN Dial Out Through Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only YEN Connection Through WAMI First WANT First WAN I First While connecting the router will use WAN as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the only channel for VPN connection WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 156 Dr ay Tek Netbios Naming Packet Multicast via VPN Call Direction Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP ISDN PPTP Dray Tek first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this butt
337. ter My Hetwark Dray Tek my Documents 4 My Computer Emy Network Places PR S COM Lite _MWSnapso0 9 TeleDanmark Tools config v2k2_ 232 config 1 v2k6_250_config_1 File name Configuration file wt Save as type 239 Save Cancel Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below system Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file Oo Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 240 Dray Tek 3 15 6 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router Ther
338. ter will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Dray Te k 39 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 1 2 Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor2820 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2820 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor2820 with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G sign
339. teway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate vigor series 0 0 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets 1693 om 0 0 Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description SiS 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc 192 168 1 1 255 255 2 O0 50 7F 54 6 Ke inkornetion MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 192 168 1 10 v DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask 259 259 29 A Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 lt z 168 95 1 1 DNS Servers Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 Refresh ADSL Status Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 242 Dr ay Te k 3 15 7 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2009 Jul 24 Fri 2 23 7 Inquire Time Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address Time Zone Enable Daylight Saving Automatically Update Interval OK Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time infor
340. the DSL WAN interface for Internet access 2 2 1 PPPoE PPPoA PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 26 Dray Tek If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard Set PPPoE PPPoA WAR 1 User Name Password Confirm Password o4005 75h hinet net User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface Physical Mode Physical Type VPI WOT Protocal Encapsulation Fixed IP Primary DNS Secondary DNS WAN 1 ADSL Auto negotiation 0 33 PPPoE LLE Mo Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be s
341. the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Auto Channel 1 2412hMHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422hMH2 Channel 4 2427 MHz Channel 5 2452 MHz Channel 6 2437 MHz Channel 7 2442 MHz Channel 8 2447 WiHz Channel 9 24452M1Hz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 464hMHz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz Channel This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync filed instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless 212 Dray Tek network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices Packet OVERDRIVE This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window c
342. the web content filter profile is established under CSM menu The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Slowly The DSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is tranning The router is ready to access Internet through WAN connection It will blink while transmitting data The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while deleting an attack The VPN tunnel is active The QoS function is active The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is disconnected with 10 100Mbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected with 1OMbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected with 1OMbps 3 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 2 3 4 4LAN DL Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices DSL Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 WAN 2 Connecter for remote networked devices USB Connecter for a USB d
343. tion is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Callback budget By default the callback function has limitation of callback period Once the callback budget is exhausted the function will be disabled automatically Callback Budget Unit minutes Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be decreased automatically per callback connection The default value O means no limitation of callback period My WAN IP This field is only applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without PSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select ISDN PPTP or L2TP Remote Gateway IP This field is only applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the PCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select ISDN PPTP or L2TP Remote Network IP Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Remote Network Mask Network IP Address Remote Network Mask
344. tons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ols Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings ENE Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 4 for detailed explanation Dray Te k Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first The displays of LED indicators and connectors for the routers are different slightly The following sections will introduce them respectively If the model of router you have does not support ISDN and or VoIP function simply ignore the relational description Definitions for ISDN Ports Below shows the names that displayed on front panel of the device and the WEB UI of this device ISDN TE Terminal Equipment means an interface for transmitting analog signal through Internet between Switching and router Such interface is also named with ISDN SO extern in Germany ISDN NT Network Terminator is a port that used to connect general phone Such interface is also named wit
345. ts will be blocked if Strict Security Checking is enabled If Strict Security Checking is not enabled then the packets will pass through the router Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 100 Dray Tek Dray Tek Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Firewall gt General Setup General Satis all Filler Enable Ciseble Data Filler Enable 3 Disable Actions for chetault rele Application Action Pratila Filter Pose M fassions Contral og S000 ually of Sendon Monn Load Aalancr polly APP Enforcement VEL Cement Filtey Web Conant Filter Advance Setting fe Accept large imcommny fragmented UDP or ICMP pack C Enable Strict Security firewal Firewall gt Filter Setup gt gt Filter Sat Piller Sel 1 Comments i aul Cal Fitter Activa cd Start filter Ser Sei Start filter See oe anp Solmi Mone k Mone w Detauh ba Eda C rmi s Block Hithios _Cancel_ Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Sysing Oo Filter Setup m i Comments a LeJeune Call Filter i Default Chota Filter C i
346. ty of Service Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Load Balance policy Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy APP Enforcement Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to selelct please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile sett
347. uard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSBUCA MSDLI Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Mixed Mode Green Field 20 20 40 long auto Disable Enable Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 11n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11g or 802 11b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1a b g 20 the router will use 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz for data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transit 222 Dray Tek Guard Interval It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggr
348. uest Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MI
349. uide For USB Syslog This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog Folder n a File n a Page n a Log Type n a Time Log Type Message Time Display the time of the event occurred Log Type Display the type of the record Message Display the information for each event Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 234 Dray Te k 3 15 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System and Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System_Maintenance 3 15 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation system Status Model Name Vigor2820V5n Firmware Version 7 3 3 0 2 RC6 Build Date Time Apr T 2011 18 06 01 ADSL Firmware Version 211011_A Hardware Annex A LAN OO SO F 42 D0 MAC Address Link Status Disconnected ist IP Address 192 166 1 1 MAC Address OO SO F 7 42 01 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection PPPoE DHCP Server Yes IP Address a ae Primary ONS Default Gateway Secondary DNS Primary DNS 8 6 8 8 Secondary ONS
350. uide 256 Dr ay Tek 4 Application and Examples 4 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Router B RouterA 220 135 240 210 220 135 240 208 Remote Branch Office 192 168 2 0 Headquarter 192 168 1 0 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set uthentics ae PAP or CHAP Authentication Assigned IP range e MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set Dray Tek 257 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup
351. up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 78 Dr ay Te k NAT gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Index Service Mame Public Port Private IP Status iE x 2 W ae z 4 FS 5 x G w W g gi 10 i i h P K w Next gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection NAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Mame Range Protocal WAR IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP
352. ur PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use tA Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer i Printers AST af Brother HL 1060 BR gi A 0 DL Canon y gy This driver is digitally signed windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings a9 a Brother HL 1070 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked pae Port Description Printer O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 O P_1 Standard TCP IP Port O IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port HP Laserdet 1300 CJ IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port O IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port M IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port Brother HL 1070 O POF Local Port PDF995 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and UPR name Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor Port Sett
353. uthentication VPN Log User Name User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log C Dos Attack Router DSL information C IM P2P fi DrayTek Syelog 3 7 0 WAN atus Controls 192 160 1 1 i e el a Gateway IP Fixed i vif a Vigor Sones 4 4 i i 714 3 4 LAN Satus TX Packets RX Pockets WAN gt Fixed m 175 KAA 17216322 Puewell Log VPH Lee Low Caller WAN Low Olen Neteurk lefocrmban WelTiee Traffe Groh Tiree Mrazy hn 090042 Vigoe DoS aya flood Blocks 10s 192 160 1 115 10605 gt 192 160 1 1 23 PR Gikp lan 20 40 5 204375 ha 1 000034 Vigor Dod emp food Ble b t 0s 192 168 1 115 192 1681 t PR idee len 26D enp AS Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 104 Dr ay Te k 3 5 Objects Setting For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Setting 3 5 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default 1 Z 3 4 J 6 l 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 16 3364 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 gt gt Next gt gt re co
354. ve LED on Connector ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active and an ISDN phone adapter is connected Blinking ISDN NT ASDN SO intern mode is active and an ISDN phone adapter is not connected A phone has been connected If not green LED will be off Blinking An ISDN phone is off hook or a phone call comes Phone SO Left LED Orange 5 Right LED Green ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings and an ISDN phone adapter is connected Blinking ISDN NT ASDN SO intern mode configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings is active and an ISDN phone adapter is not connected Off It means ISDN TE mode is active which is configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings A phone adapter with phone set has been connected ISDN SO intern mode or ISDN line has been connected ISDN SO extern mode It will be off if there is nothing connected Blinking In ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode it means an ISDN phone is off hook or a phone call comes In ISDN TE mode it means data fax or voice phone call is transmitting ISDN Left LED Phone SO Orange Right LED Green EE Dray Te k 13 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide Left LED The port is connected LAN Green The port is disconnected I Giga The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green The port is disconnected with 10 100Mbps Left LED The port is connected LAN Green
355. ve A Castmarks T Signposts Generate Secret Your Secret shake your iPhone until it vibrates ra Dray Te K 293 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 4 Keep this secret key down and report it to your administrator In this example the secret key is e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe689ebf00c5202 Done Settings gt gt gt Check out other Apps lt lt lt A Castmarks T signposts Generate Secret Your secret e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe 689ebf00c5202 a Make sure the system time of your iPhone is correct Once the Secret Key is generated and your system time is synced mOTP is ready to generate one time password For the administrator please do the following l Setup a remote dial in VPN profile and check Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP Setup a username Setup a PIN code e g 77111 which can be 4 to 7 numbers Enter the secret key e g e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe689ebf00c5202 which is generated and got from the end user VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Enable this account Password E Idle Timeout 300 d TE SERPRO Enable Mobile One Time Passwords moOTP Allowed Dial In Type PIN Code 1111 PFTP Secret e759bb6Me94c7 abdfebogebOcs202 IPSec Tunnel IKE Authentication Method L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number E l 77 ad Digital Signature 509 or Peer ID O Note Both the PIN Code and Secret w
356. vice type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the editian you need Free trial edition O Formal ection wit Neense key Free trial edition it offers a period of trial for you to get acquainted with WCF function Formal edition with license key you can extend the license valid time manually Note If you activate Formal edition with license key first the free trial edition will be invalid Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 30 Dray Tek Dray Tek In the following page you can activate the Web content filter service at the same time or individually When you finish the selection please click Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This product provides 30 days of free trial please choose the item you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter BPjM BPM is the web content filter based on service operated in Germany We recommend only users live in Germany to try the BP M WCF service This is a free service without guarantee Activation Date Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Activation Date CI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box
357. y Portugal Sweden Volume Australia one r olovenia Mic Gainf Czech Speaker Slovakia Hungary MISC Switzerland Dial Tone France a Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is 188 Dray Tek MISC Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number 1s the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting Notice that such setting is not available for DECT phone port DTMF DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone a
358. ypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message DTMF mode InBand InBand OutBand RF C2833 SIP IMFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode You can modify the MSN number default values are set from 30 39 with any number you desire For example type 50 in the box of MSN 30 MSN Alias MSN 30 sol MSN 35 MSN 31 My 38 MSN 32 O MNF MSN 33 MSI 38 MSN 34 IN 39 Later you will find MSN 30 has been replaced with MSN50 in all related pages See the following figures for examples 193 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide pages of VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts and VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Detailed Settings for ISDN2 TE Port Available for VSn model only Vigor2820VSn allows users to switch the function of ISDN2 port between TE or SO mode Please use the drop down list to choose the one you want cota ISDN2 TE
359. ype your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fiekds marked by are required Account Information Gasreement Uioara Mary _ Check Account 3 20 chatacters i eaea Password Cee 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password cece Personal Information E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted EScomptetion Company Name Tech Ltd Email Address mary_ted tech com Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 a Country SWITZERLAND v Career Supervisor v 6 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Gaareement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter v Personal yeg Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Scompteion Dray Tek 287 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 7 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click o
360. ytes R eset WAN total Tx 620 KB Rx 10 MB The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past Dr ay Te k 239 Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 3 16 9 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through Unspecified Protocol ICMP Result E Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically E pecified WAN WARS Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 3 17 Product Registration When you click it you will be guided to visit myvigor draytek com and open the corresponding pages directly ProductRegistration Vigor2820 Series User s G
361. zunes ausasee sae csocetesatenesea 252 i OCG FMC LIAO SIS ese sncrv caer sen seaeesneatars mataancctnerats cauteaicansatees maciovaninetovs an ceteeemadaatiassierncines 252 3 16 7 Data Flow ION LOM ce sais caesaceteh naninira naad aaide aiaia 253 216 8 Trait Grap arenans O T A EE a E EE 255 916 9 Trace ROULE rsono aE aa E Aaa E O DNE Aas 256 3 17 Product Regist aton srecaneenen ne E E Aaaa 256 Application and Examples aasnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn 257 4 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 257 4 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 264 AS oo Sc 11 1419 E xapi gt eee ee een eee eee ee a a eee ee ee 269 Dr ay Tek ix Vigor2820 Series User s Guide 4 4 LAN Created by Using NAT scssssssssssssssseseecsessessessessessussuesesstessesecsstsecssesstsstestseteateaeeees 273 4 5 Calling Scenario for VOIP function cc eeecccccceccceseeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseeeeeseaeaeeeeeeeesseaeaeeeeeeeesaaas 275 Bese Galing via SIP GU Gl F aeua cease cerseass ace a aes cece E gyaendencos se ueceaues 275 A o2 Peer O aN 6 Ree eee ete ee E ee eee eee oe eee 277 4 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router c cccceecccecaeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeseaseeeeesaegeeeeeneas 278 4 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Serve 0 ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaees 280 4 8 Request

Draytek Vigor2820n

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents